WO2024078276A1 - Touch detection method and apparatus, interactive tablet and storage medium - Google Patents

Touch detection method and apparatus, interactive tablet and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024078276A1
WO2024078276A1 PCT/CN2023/119734 CN2023119734W WO2024078276A1 WO 2024078276 A1 WO2024078276 A1 WO 2024078276A1 CN 2023119734 W CN2023119734 W CN 2023119734W WO 2024078276 A1 WO2024078276 A1 WO 2024078276A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
touch
detection unit
display screen
touch state
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/119734
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Original Assignee
广州显创科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 广州显创科技有限公司 filed Critical 广州显创科技有限公司
Publication of WO2024078276A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024078276A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/042Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by opto-electronic means

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of touch control technology, and in particular to a touch detection method, device, interactive tablet and storage medium.
  • the optical detection method is one of the more commonly used touch detection methods.
  • the principle of the optical detection method is: a light network composed of light is covered on the surface of the display screen.
  • the touch object When the display screen receives a touch operation, the touch object will block the light on the surface of the display screen.
  • the electronic device can detect the touch operation and determine the touch position of the touch operation according to the light blocking situation, and then respond according to the touch position.
  • the light cannot completely fit the surface of the display screen, that is, the light covered by the surface of the display screen has a certain distance from the surface of the display screen.
  • the electronic device will think that the touch operation is detected. In this way, false detection will occur, and the electronic device will make a false response to the falsely detected touch operation.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a touch detection method, device, interactive tablet and storage medium to solve the technical problem of false detection that is prone to occur when using optical detection methods to detect touch operations in related technologies.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a touch detection method, which is applied to an interactive tablet, wherein the interactive tablet includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor includes a mechanical A sensor or a vibration sensor, wherein the first sensor is arranged on a side of the display screen facing away from the user;
  • the touch detection method comprises:
  • the optical detection unit determines a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding state signal to the processing unit;
  • the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and determines based on the multi-stage amplified signal that when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generates a touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit;
  • the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determines whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a touch detection method, which is applied to an interactive tablet, wherein the interactive tablet includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers a surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and wherein the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and wherein the first sensor is disposed on a side of the display screen facing away from a user;
  • the touch detection method comprises:
  • the optical detection unit determines a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
  • the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and sends the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
  • the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives a sensing signal according to the amplified signal, and determines that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a touch detection device, which is applied to an interactive tablet, wherein the interactive tablet comprises a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit comprises a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, wherein the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and wherein the first sensor is disposed on a side of the display screen facing away from the user;
  • the touch detection device comprises:
  • a first detection module configured in the optical detection unit, for determining a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reporting the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
  • a second detection module configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and determining based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generating a touch state signal, and reporting the touch state signal to the processing unit;
  • a third detection module is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate the blocking state signal according to the blocking data signal, and determine whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the blocking state signal and the touch state signal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a touch detection device, which is applied to an interactive tablet, wherein the interactive tablet includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers a surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and wherein the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and wherein the first sensor is disposed on a side of the display screen facing away from a user;
  • the touch detection device comprises:
  • a ninth detection module configured in the optical detection unit, for determining a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reporting the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
  • a tenth detection module configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor, and sending the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
  • An eleventh detection module is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate the occlusion status signal according to the occlusion data signal, determine according to the amplified signal that a touch status signal is generated when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, and determine that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion status signal and the touch status signal.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides an interactive tablet, comprising a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit comprises a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers a surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and wherein the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and wherein the first sensor is disposed on a side of the display screen facing away from a user;
  • the optical detection unit is used to determine the shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and report the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
  • the touch state detection unit is used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and to generate a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, and report the touch state signal to the processing unit;
  • the processing unit is used to generate an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determine whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the touch state signal and the touch state signal.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides an interactive tablet, comprising a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit comprises a light emitter and a light receiver, wherein each light emitted by the light emitter covers a surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and the first sensor is disposed on a side of the display screen away from a user;
  • the optical detection unit is used to determine the shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and report the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
  • the touch state detection unit is used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and send the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
  • the processing unit is used to generate the occlusion status signal according to the occlusion data signal, determine according to the amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal and generate a touch status signal, and determine according to the occlusion status signal and the touch status signal that the display screen receives a touch operation.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium having a computer program stored thereon, which, when executed by a processor, implements the touch detection method as described in the first aspect or the touch detection method as described in the second aspect.
  • an optical detection unit detects the reception of light covering the surface of the display screen and reports an occlusion data signal to a processing unit.
  • the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor set on the back of the display screen, and determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, and reports a touch state signal to the processing unit.
  • the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determines that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • a first sensor is added, wherein the first sensor is a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor set on the side of the display screen away from the user, so as to detect the force or vibration generated when the display screen is touched, overcomes the misdetection problem caused by a certain distance between the light and the surface of the display screen, and improves the detection accuracy.
  • the signal changes caused by the touch operation contacting the display screen with different forces and different speeds can be amplified to a reasonable signal-to-noise ratio, ensuring the accuracy of the touch state signal, thereby further improving the detection accuracy.
  • FIG1 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a front view of a display screen provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the back side of a display screen provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a writing trajectory provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a writing trajectory provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic structural diagram of a touch detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a touch detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an interactive tablet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the optical touch detection system is the main hardware device for implementing the optical detection method.
  • the optical touch detection system is usually composed of a display screen, an optical touch sensor and an optical processing unit, wherein the optical touch sensor is composed of a transmitting part and a receiving part, wherein the transmitting part includes a plurality of light transmitters, and the receiving part includes a plurality of light receivers.
  • the optical touch sensor is installed at the edge of the display screen (such as the transmitting part and the receiving part are symmetrically arranged at the two ends of the display screen, and the transmitting part is arranged at the two edges of the display screen and the receiving part is symmetrically arranged at the other two edges of the display screen).
  • Each light transmitter of the transmitting part works according to a set frequency, that is, a plurality of light rays are emitted according to the set frequency, and each light ray can be received by a corresponding light receiver, and the light network formed by all the emitted and received light rays covers the surface of the display screen, wherein the surface of the display screen can be understood as the surface where the imaging screen is located, and when the user touches the display screen to interact, it mainly touches the surface of the display screen.
  • the surface of the display screen is scanned by light to scan the touch object contacting the display screen. It can be understood that the type of light emitted by the light transmitter is not currently limited, for example, the light transmitter emits infrared light.
  • the optical processing unit is used to analyze the light obstruction situation.
  • the optical processing unit can be set inside the electronic device used in the optical touch detection system.
  • the optical processing unit can be a microcontroller unit (MCU) that matches the optical touch sensor.
  • the optical processing unit adopts the 811 system on chip (SOC).
  • SOC system on chip
  • the optical processing unit analyzes the light obstruction situation it is mainly achieved by analyzing the light energy of the light. It can be understood that when a touch object (an object used by the user to perform touch, such as a touch pen (also recorded as a writing pen, stylus, smart pen, etc.) or a user's finger, etc.) contacts the display screen, the touch object will block multiple light rays covering the surface of the display screen.
  • the optical processing unit can analyze the blocking of the light according to the change of the light energy of the light, that is, determine which light is blocked, and then calculate the position of the touch object (generally reflected by two-dimensional coordinates), and can also calculate the width, length and/or area of the touch point (the touch area determined based on the blocked light). In addition, the light processing unit can also determine the time when the touch object is detected, etc.
  • the light processing unit forms touch point data (which can also be recorded as a touch data packet, including the position, width, length, area and/or detection time of the touch object, etc.), and reports the touch point data to the processor of the electronic device so that the processor can make further responses, that is, realize the touch function.
  • touch point data which can also be recorded as a touch data packet, including the position, width, length, area and/or detection time of the touch object, etc.
  • the processors of some electronic devices that use optical touch detection systems have the ability to analyze light obstruction.
  • the optical processing unit can directly send the signals corresponding to each light currently scanned by the light touch sensor (reflecting light energy) to the processor of the electronic device, and the processor of the electronic device analyzes the light obstruction and calculates the position of the touch object, the time of detection, and the width, length and/or area of the touch point, and generates touch point data for further response.
  • the optical touch detection system can also be composed of only a display screen and an optical touch sensor.
  • a USB component is provided between the processor of the electronic device and the optical processing unit, such as a USB hub (USB HUB), a USB switching switch, a USB signal repeater (Redriver), etc.
  • the processor of the electronic device can be used as a human interface device (Human Interface Device, HID).
  • HID Human Interface Device
  • the processor of the electronic device and the optical processing unit communicate through the USB component, so that after the optical processing unit generates touch point data, the touch point data is transmitted to the processor of the electronic device through the USB component.
  • the optical touch sensor needs to be set in front of the edge of the display screen so that the light network it forms covers the surface of the display screen and ensures that the light transmission is unobstructed when there is no touch.
  • the optical touch sensor transmits light through a filter strip (also known as a filter), which is usually made by adding a dye to the raw material and then using an injection molding or casting process.
  • the filter strip can pass the currently used light while filtering out other ambient light, thereby improving the signal-to-noise ratio of the light.
  • the optical touch sensor covers the light on the surface of the display screen, there is a certain distance between the light and the surface of the display screen, that is, the light touch sensor forms a touch area (that is, the area composed of the light network) in the vertical direction of the surface of the display screen, and the distance between the touch area and the surface is generally greater than 2mm (millimeter), so it cannot be ignored.
  • the optical processing unit of the optical touch detection system will recognize the touch operation due to the light blocking situation, and then make the electronic device respond to the touch operation.
  • the vertical distance between the touch area and the display screen surface is recorded as H.
  • the touch object first contacts the surface of the display screen and then moves away from the surface of the display screen after the writing is completed. Specifically, when writing starts, the touch object contacts the display screen. During the process, the object is first located above the touch area, that is, the vertical distance between the touch object and the surface of the display screen is greater than H. During this process, the optical processing unit will not detect the occlusion, and therefore, will not report the touch point data. Afterwards, when the touch object continues to move toward the display screen, it will first block the light, that is, the vertical distance between the touch object and the surface of the display screen is less than H but greater than 0. During this process, although the touch object has not touched the display screen, occlusion has occurred.
  • the optical processing unit will analyze the occlusion and report the touch point data, and the processor of the electronic device will respond based on the touch point data.
  • the touch object touches the display screen again, that is, the vertical distance between the touch object and the surface of the display screen is 0 or less than 0 (less than 0 means that the force generated when the touch object touches the display screen causes the surface of the display screen to be concave).
  • the optical processing unit will still report the touch point data, and the processor of the electronic device will respond based on the touch point data.
  • the touch object moves on the surface of the display screen, and the optical processing unit continues to report the touch point data.
  • the touch pen leaves the surface of the display screen first but still blocks the light, that is, the vertical distance between the touched object and the surface of the display screen is less than H but greater than 0.
  • the optical processing unit will still report the touch point data, and the processor of the electronic device will respond based on the touch point data.
  • the touch object leaves the touch area, that is, the vertical distance between the touch object and the surface of the display screen is greater than H.
  • the optical processing unit cannot detect the obstruction, so it will no longer report the touch point data.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a touch detection method, device, interactive tablet and storage medium, which comprehensively judges whether the display screen receives the touch operation based on the light obstruction and the force generated by the touch object when the touch object contacts the display screen, effectively avoiding the false detection that is easy to occur during optical detection and improving the detection accuracy of touch operations.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a touch detection method, which can be executed by a touch detection device, which can be implemented by software and/or hardware, and which can be composed of two or more physical entities or one physical entity.
  • the touch detection device can be an electronic device with touch function, such as an interactive tablet, a tablet computer, a smart TV, etc.
  • the touch detection method is described by taking the touch detection device as an interactive tablet.
  • the interactive tablet is an integrated device that uses touch technology to control the content displayed on the display tablet and realize human-computer interaction, and it integrates one or more functions such as a projector, an electronic whiteboard, a screen, a sound system, a television, and a video conferencing terminal.
  • the interactive tablet includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit and a touch state detection unit.
  • the optical detection unit includes a light emitter and a light receiver. Each light beam emitted by the light emitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver.
  • the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor.
  • the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor. The first sensor is arranged on a side of the display screen facing away from the user.
  • the interactive tablet is configured with at least one display screen.
  • the size of the display screen is not currently limited.
  • the display screen is a large-size display screen, wherein the large-size display screen refers to a display screen that is larger than a set size (such as a set size of 40 inches or 44 inches, etc.).
  • the display screen can be a liquid crystal display screen or other types of display screens.
  • the interactive tablet can detect touch operations acting on the surface of the display screen by optical detection, capacitive detection, electromagnetic detection and/or resistive detection.
  • the interactive tablet using optical detection is described as an example.
  • the optical detection unit refers to the device unit required to implement optical detection.
  • the optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein the installation positions of the light transmitter and the light receiver can refer to the installation positions of the light transmitter and the light receiver in the existing optical detection method.
  • the type of light emitted by the light transmitter is not currently limited, such as emitting infrared type light.
  • the light emitted by the light transmitter is received by the light receiver, and the light network formed by each light beam covers the surface of the display screen.
  • the relevant description of the light transmitter and the light receiver can refer to the relevant description of the transmitting part and the receiving part in the optical touch detection system.
  • the touch state detection unit is used to detect the stress or vibration signal (also called acoustic signal) received on the surface of the display screen, wherein the stress can be understood as the stress (i.e., the force) generated when the touch object touches the display screen, which can be detected by a mechanical sensor, and the vibration signal can be understood as the vibration signal generated by the display screen when the touch object touches the display screen (vibration is achieved by the force generated during contact), which can be detected by a vibration sensor.
  • the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, and the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor. The first sensor is used to collect signals caused by the deformation of the display screen caused by the contact of the touch object.
  • the mechanical sensor collects stress signals corresponding to the stress on the surface of the display screen. It can be understood that since the stress generated when the touch object touches the display screen can be considered as pressure on the surface of the display screen, the mechanical sensor can also be understood as a pressure sensor.
  • the first sensor is a vibration sensor
  • the vibration sensor collects vibration signals on the surface of the display screen.
  • the first sensor is attached to the back of the glass panel of the display screen to ensure accurate collection of the stress received on the surface of the display screen or the vibration signal generated by the display screen when the touch object touches the display screen.
  • the glass panel refers to a layer of glass provided in the display screen.
  • the glass panel When a touch object contacts the display screen, the glass panel receives the pressure (i.e. generates stress) caused by the contact of the touch object or generates vibration (with a small amplitude and does not affect the imaging of the display screen) based on the contact of the touch object.
  • the back side refers to the side of the display screen that is away from the user when imaging, and can also be considered as the plane inside the interactive tablet.
  • the bonding method and bonding position of the first sensor are not currently limited. Generally speaking, the acquisition range of the first sensor (which can be one first sensor or multiple first sensors) covers the entire display screen to ensure that no matter where on the surface of the display screen is touched by the touch object, the signal collected by the first sensor can reflect the operation of the current touch object.
  • the first sensor continues to collect data during the operation of the interactive tablet, that is, no matter whether there is a touch object on the surface of the display screen for touch operation, the first sensor will collect signals, but when the touch object is touching the surface of the display screen, the signal collected by the first sensor contains features related to the touch operation of the touch object.
  • the touch state detection unit also includes a touch detection processing subunit (also referred to as a signal processing unit), and the touch detection The touch detection processing subunit is used to process the signal collected by the first sensor to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the touch of the touch object, and report the detection result of whether the touch is received to the processing unit of the interactive tablet.
  • the touch detection processing subunit can be a chip or a processor (such as a microprocessor unit), etc.
  • the touch detection processing subunit is located inside the interactive tablet and is connected to the processing unit of the interactive tablet. It should be noted that a component that ensures accurate signal transmission can also be provided between the touch detection processing subunit and the processing unit of the interactive tablet. It can be understood that in actual applications, if the processing unit of the interactive tablet has the ability to analyze the signal collected by the first sensor to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the touch, there is no need to set the touch detection processing subunit. At this time, the signal collected by the first sensor is directly sent to the processing unit of the interactive tablet.
  • the touch state detection unit can also include other contents, such as a multi-stage amplification circuit to amplify the signal collected by the first sensor, so that the touch detection processing subunit processes a signal with more obvious characteristics.
  • the processing unit may be composed of one or more processors.
  • the processing unit includes at least a central processing unit (CPU) of the interactive tablet, and may also include a memory of the interactive tablet.
  • the memory stores computer programs.
  • the central processing unit can realize various functions of the interactive tablet by calling the computer programs stored in the memory. It can be understood that the lines used for transmitting signals between the processing unit and the optical detection unit and the touch state detection unit are internal lines of the interactive tablet, which are not explained separately at present.
  • At least one type of operating system is installed in the central processing unit, and the operating system can be an Android system, a Windows system, or a Linux system.
  • the interactive tablet installs at least one application under the operating system.
  • the application can be an application that comes with the operating system, and an application downloaded from a third-party device or a server is also installed.
  • the interactive tablet is installed with an application for writing, and the application can respond to touch operations when running, that is, draw corresponding writing tracks according to the touch operations.
  • the interactive tablet is also equipped with a communication unit, and the interactive tablet realizes the communication function through the communication unit.
  • the interactive tablet communicates data with the server through the communication unit.
  • the interactive tablet can also be equipped with hardware devices such as speakers and microphones.
  • the optical detection unit may further include an optical processing subunit, which may analyze the light blocking condition based on the light signal received by the light receiver, and generate touch point data to report to the processing unit so that the processing unit responds.
  • the optical processing subunit may only determine the blocked light and notify the processing unit of the currently blocked light, after which the processing unit generates the touch point data, or the optical processing subunit directly sends the light signal received by the light receiver to the processing unit, which analyzes the blocking condition and generates the touch point data.
  • the processing unit may also determine whether the display screen currently receives a touch operation based on the light shielding detection result obtained by the optical detection unit and the touch object touch detection result obtained by the touch state detection unit.
  • Figure 1 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the interactive tablet performs the touch detection method including the following steps:
  • Step 110 The optical detection unit detects the light signal received by the light receiver to determine the shielding data signal and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit. Then, step 130 is executed.
  • each light has a corresponding number.
  • the optical processing subunit of the optical detection unit continuously obtains each light signal received by the light receiver and can determine the number corresponding to each light signal. Afterwards, it is determined whether there is a blocked light according to each light signal. If there is a blocked light, the number of the blocked light and the scanning time corresponding to the blocked light are determined. Afterwards, the number of the blocked light and the corresponding scanning time are sent to the processing unit as a blocking data signal.
  • the light energy of the blocked light can also be sent to the processing unit.
  • the optical detection unit will send the blocking data signal to the processing unit only when the blocked light is detected.
  • the blocking determination method can be: the optical processing subunit calculates the light energy of each light signal received by the light receiver, and then determines whether the light is blocked according to the current light energy of each light signal and the light energy when there is no blocking. It can be understood that when light is blocked, the light energy of the light signal is significantly weakened. Therefore, a light energy weakening amount is preset (the specific value can be set according to actual needs). After the optical processing subunit determines the light energy of the received light signal, it calculates the difference between the light energy when it is not blocked and the light energy currently received. The difference can reflect the change of light energy. After that, the difference is compared with the preset light energy weakening amount. If the difference is greater than or equal to the light energy weakening amount, it is determined that the light corresponding to the difference is blocked. In this way, all blocked light can be found.
  • the light processing subunit continuously acquires each light signal received by each light receiver, and directly sends the light signal as an occlusion data signal to the processing unit.
  • the light processing subunit continuously acquires each light signal received by each light receiver, and calculates the light energy of each light signal, and then sends the number and light energy of each light signal as an occlusion data signal to the processing unit.
  • the optical detection unit sends the occlusion data signal to the processing unit, so that the processing unit determines whether there is occlusion based on the occlusion data signal.
  • the occlusion data signal used in this step is generated based on the received light signal and is provided to the processing unit for processing, such as for the processing unit to determine the touch point data, the number of blocked light rays, the occlusion status signal, etc. It can be understood that in actual applications, in addition to the processing unit determining the relevant parameters related to the occlusion, the optical processing subunit can also determine the relevant parameters related to the occlusion based on the occlusion data signal and report it to the processing unit. At this time, the optical processing subunit no longer reports the occlusion data signal to the processing unit.
  • Step 120 The touch state detection unit amplifies the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time in multiple stages, and generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit. Execute step 130.
  • the first sensor continuously collects signals, and the signals collected by the first sensor in real time are currently recorded as raw signals, wherein the raw signals are analog signals.
  • the touch state detection unit analyzes and processes the raw signals to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives stress or whether vibration is generated based on touch.
  • the signals representing stress or signals related to vibration are recorded as sensing signals, that is, when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, it is considered that there is a touch object contacting the display screen.
  • the raw signal collected by the first sensor is significantly changed from the raw signal collected by the first sensor when the touch object does not contact the display screen, and the changed part can be considered as the part corresponding to the sensing signal.
  • the first sensor is a mechanical sensor
  • the touch object contacts the surface of the display screen due to the stress generated during contact, the pressure received by the glass panel will change, and the raw signal collected by the mechanical sensor will also change (compared with the touch object not contacting the surface of the display screen).
  • the touch state detection unit determines whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal based on the original signal
  • the original signal is first amplified to make the features related to the sensor signal in the original signal increase significantly.
  • the touch speed and strength will be different. Therefore, the features related to the sensor signal in the original signal will have different changes.
  • the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal and records the amplified signal as the amplified signal.
  • the multi-stage amplification is not a simple multiple amplification of the input, but amplifies the signal within the specified frequency range (which can be set in combination with actual conditions), and the signal outside the range is not amplified or the amplification scale is small.
  • the purpose of this is to amplify the signal within the target range where the signal may exist, and the signal outside the range is regarded as noise and is not amplified, so as to achieve the purpose of suppressing noise.
  • the amplified signal of the original signal at different amplification factors can be obtained.
  • the touch state detection unit is pre-set with multiple amplification levels, each amplification level has a corresponding amplification signal, and different amplification factors can be achieved by adjusting the amplification ratio of each amplification level.
  • the amplification ratio of each amplification level is preset and will not be changed during the operation of the touch state detection unit.
  • the touch state detection unit includes a multi-stage amplification circuit, which performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor to obtain a multi-stage amplified signal.
  • the touch detection processing subunit receives the multi-stage amplified signal and determines whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal.
  • the multi-stage amplification circuit can be designed according to actual needs. For example, the multi-stage amplification circuit uses a logarithmic amplifier to improve the detection sensitivity during amplification. When the number of amplification levels is 1-3, the multi-stage amplification circuit includes three logarithmic amplifiers.
  • the amplified signal of the first stage is obtained.
  • the amplified signal of the first stage is sent to the second logarithmic amplifier and the touch detection processing subunit respectively.
  • the amplified signal of the second stage is obtained.
  • the amplified signal of the second stage is sent to the third logarithmic amplifier and the touch detection processing subunit respectively.
  • the amplified signal of the third stage is obtained.
  • the amplified signal of the third stage is sent to the touch detection processing subunit.
  • the touch detection processing subunit receives the multi-stage The three-stage amplified signal output by the amplifier circuit.
  • the touch state detection unit can determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal after identifying the features related to the sensing signal based on the multi-level amplified signal. For example, when the touch object contacts the surface of the display screen, due to the stress or vibration generated, the energy of the original signal collected by the first sensor is greater than the energy of the original signal collected by the first sensor when the touch object does not contact the surface of the display screen. Therefore, the energy value can be considered as a feature related to the sensing signal.
  • other features can be set, and the touch state detection unit combines multiple features to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal.
  • the touch state detection unit When it is determined that the sensing signal is received, the touch state detection unit generates a touch state signal and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit, so that the processing unit determines that the touch state detection unit detects that the surface of the display screen is in contact with a touch object.
  • the touch state signal is used to indicate that the surface of the display screen is currently detected to receive stress or generate vibration, that is, the touch state detection unit believes that a touch object is in contact with the surface of the display screen. It can be understood that the detection result obtained by the touch state detection unit based on the multi-level amplification signal includes two situations: one is that the surface of the display screen receives stress or generates vibration, and the corresponding detection result is to generate a touch state signal.
  • the touch state signal can be represented by down; the other is that the surface of the display screen does not receive stress or generate vibration, and the touch state detection unit can generate a non-touch state signal to indicate that the surface of the display screen is not currently detected to receive stress or generate vibration (the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, so receiving stress and generating vibration will not occur at the same time), that is, the touch state detection unit believes that there is no touch object in contact with the surface of the display screen, and at this time, the non-touch state signal can be represented by up.
  • the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, so receiving stress and generating vibration will not occur at the same time
  • the touch state detection unit determines that the sensing signal is received based on the real-time multi-level amplification signal, and continuously generates down and reports it to the processing unit. At this time, whether the touch object has just fallen (also called pen drop) and contacted the display screen surface or the touch object has already contacted the display screen surface and is moving on the surface, the touch state detection unit will generate down and report it to the processing unit.
  • the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the current display screen has not received the sensing signal and does not report the corresponding up to the processing unit, or when the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen has not received the sensing signal, it reports the corresponding up to the processing unit, so that the processing unit determines that the touch state detection unit has not detected that the display screen surface has received stress or has not generated vibration.
  • the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal, and can select a suitable amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signal, and determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the selected amplified signal.
  • the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, which may include steps 121-123:
  • Step 121 The touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor to obtain multi-stage amplified signals.
  • the amplified signal is still an analog signal.
  • Step 122 The touch state detection unit selects a first-stage amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signals.
  • the touch state detection unit selects a first-stage amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signal, and the selected amplified signal can be considered as an effective amplified signal, and an effective amplified signal means that the original signal is reasonably amplified and the details related to the sensing signal are basically retained.
  • the selection process can be implemented by the touch detection processing subunit of the touch state detection unit.
  • the touch state detection unit first converts the multi-stage amplified signal into a digital signal, and selects a first-stage amplified signal according to the overflow rate of the digital signal.
  • overflow means that when the analog signal is converted into a digital signal, the amplitude of the digital signal is greater than the quantization upper limit (i.e., upper) or less than the quantization lower limit (i.e., lower).
  • the quantization upper limit is 1023 and the quantization lower limit is 0.
  • the overflow situation can be reflected by the overflow rate, and the overflow rate can reflect the completeness when converted into a digital signal.
  • Each stage of the amplified signal has a corresponding overflow rate. The higher the overflow rate, the more details are lost when the amplified signal is converted into a digital signal. The lower the overflow rate, the less details are lost when the amplified signal is converted into a digital signal. It is understandable that insufficient amplification of the original signal is one reason for the low overflow rate. In this case, although fewer details are lost when the amplified signal is converted into a digital signal, the features related to the sensing signal in the amplified signal will not be significantly amplified.
  • the touch state detection unit can combine the overflow rates of the amplified signals at each level and select the amplified signal corresponding to a reasonable overflow rate.
  • the amplified signal under this overflow rate can ensure that the lost details do not affect the signal accuracy, and can also ensure that the features related to the sensing signal are significantly amplified.
  • the touch state detection unit may first select at least two amplified signals from the multi-level amplified signals, and then select a first-level amplified signal from the at least two amplified signals.
  • the amplification levels of the at least two amplified signals are continuous. It should be noted that the continuous amplification levels do not mean that the values corresponding to the amplification levels are continuous, but that the amplification levels of the at least two selected amplified signals are connected front and back in the multi-level amplification circuit.
  • the specific value of the selected amplification level can be preset according to actual conditions. For example, the amplification level currently selected is 1-3 levels.
  • the touch state detection unit selects amplified signals corresponding to levels 1, 2 and 3, and selects a certain level of amplified signals from them to detect whether the display screen surface receives the sensor signal.
  • the touch state detection unit can reselect at least two amplified signals with different amplification levels (such as selecting amplified signals of levels 4-6), and continue to select a certain level of amplified signals from them to detect whether the display screen surface receives the sensor signal.
  • step 122 when the overflow rate is used to select the amplified signal, step 122 includes steps 1221 to 1222:
  • Step 1221 The touch state detection unit determines the overflow rate of each stage of amplified signal.
  • step 1221 may include steps 12211-12213:
  • Step 12211 The touch state detection unit performs analog-to-digital conversion on each stage of the amplified signal to obtain a digitized amplified signal corresponding to each stage of the amplified signal.
  • an analog-to-digital converter is used to convert the analog amplified signal into a processable digital amplified signal.
  • the model of the analog-to-digital converter and the number of quantization bits set are not currently limited.
  • the touch state detection unit may include an analog-to-digital converter, or the touch state detection unit may send the amplified signal to the analog-to-digital converter and receive the digital amplified signal fed back by the analog-to-digital converter.
  • Step 12212 The touch state detection unit counts the number of signal points whose signal values reach the quantization threshold in each stage of the digital amplified signal.
  • the quantization threshold refers to the quantization upper limit and the quantization lower limit, and reaching the quantization threshold may include being greater than or equal to the quantization upper limit and less than or equal to the quantization lower limit.
  • the signal value refers to the amplitude of the signal point during analog-to-digital conversion.
  • the digital amplified signal is composed of multiple digital signal points, each of which has a corresponding signal value.
  • the total number of signal points is related to the length of the corresponding amplified signal and the sampling frequency during analog-to-digital conversion.
  • the touch state detection unit records the signal point, and then the touch state detection unit counts the number of signal points whose signal values reach the quantization threshold in the digital amplified signal.
  • Step 12213 The touch state detection unit determines the overflow rate of each stage of the digital amplified signal according to the number of signal points whose signal values reach the quantization threshold in each stage of the digital amplified signal and the total number of signal points of each stage of the digital amplified signal.
  • the calculation formula of the overflow rate can be expressed as:
  • r represents the overflow rate
  • data_num represents the signal value of the signal point
  • sum represents addition
  • sum(data_num) represents the total number of signal points
  • an effective digital amplified signal refers to a signal that has been fully amplified and has little loss of details due to overflow.
  • An effective digital amplified signal can amplify to the maximum extent while retaining features related to amplification.
  • the digital amplified signal that is insufficiently amplified i.e., the amplification factor corresponding to the amplification level is too small
  • the digital amplified signal that is reasonably amplified i.e., the amplification factor corresponding to the amplification level is reasonable
  • the overflow rate is greater than 10%, it means that the digital amplified signal is over-amplified (i.e., the amplification factor corresponding to the amplification level is too large), and the signal loss is serious (more details are lost). Therefore, the validity of the digital amplified signal can be determined by the overflow rate. For example, a digital amplified signal with an overflow rate between 0-10% is regarded as a valid signal.
  • the method may include: the touch state detection unit selects a first number of amplified signals from the multi-stage amplified signal, the first number is at least two, and the first number of amplified signals are amplified signals with continuous amplification stages.
  • the method may include: when the touch state detection unit determines that the number of overflow rates exceeding the overflow rate range in the first number of amplified signals exceeds the second number, the first number of amplified signals is reselected, and the number of overflow rates exceeding the overflow rate range in the reselected amplified signals does not exceed the second number.
  • the touch state detection unit can obtain more signals amplified to different degrees. In this way, more data needs to be calculated when calculating the overflow rate of each amplified signal. Therefore, in order to reduce the amount of data calculation, the touch state detection unit can first select a certain number of amplified signals from the multi-level amplified signals, that is, ignore a part of the amplified signals first. At present, the selected number is recorded as the first number, and the first number can be set according to the actual situation. Generally, the first number is at least two. When selecting the first number of amplified signals, it can be to select the first number of amplified signals with a continuous amplification level.
  • the amplification level of the selected amplified signal can be preset.
  • the currently selected continuous amplification level is 1-3.
  • the touch state detection unit selects the amplified signals corresponding to level 1, level 2 and level 3.
  • the overflow rate exceeding the second number is not within the overflow rate range, it means that the currently selected amplification level is unreasonable, more details are lost or effective amplification is not performed, wherein when more details are lost, the overflow rate exceeding the second number is higher than the overflow rate range, and when effective amplification is not performed, the overflow rate exceeding the second number is lower than the overflow rate range, that is, after selecting the first number of amplified signals, first determine whether the number of amplified signals above the overflow rate range reaches the second number and determine whether the number of amplified signals below the overflow rate range reaches the second number, and then, if both numbers do not reach the second number, select a certain level of amplified signals from the first number of amplified signals, if the number of amplified signals above the overflow rate range exceeds the second number or the number of amplified signals below the overflow rate range exceeds the second number, reselect the amplified signal
  • the overflow rate range can be set according to actual requests. Generally speaking, the amplification within the overflow rate range is The signal is a valid amplified signal. Generally speaking, the reselected amplification levels are also continuous. After reselection, continue to determine whether there are more than the second number of overflow rates in the corresponding overflow rates that are outside the preset overflow rate range (higher than the overflow rate or lower than the overflow rate), and then determine whether it is necessary to continue to reselect the amplified signal. For example, after first selecting the amplified signal of levels 1-3, it is determined that two of the three overflow rates are 0, that is, they are not within the overflow rate range.
  • the amplified signal has not been effectively amplified. Therefore, reselect the amplified signal of levels 4-6, and then determine that two of the three overflow rates are within the overflow rate range, and determine that the amplified signal of levels 4-6 is reasonable. Subsequently, the digital amplified signal of levels 4-6 is used for sensor signal detection.
  • Step 1222 The touch state detection unit selects a first-level amplified signal that is less than an overflow rate threshold according to the overflow rates of the amplified signals of each level.
  • the amplified signal currently selected by the touch state detection unit is a digital amplified signal
  • the overflow rate of the digital amplified signal is less than the overflow rate threshold.
  • the overflow rate threshold is a priori value, which can be obtained through experience or experimental statistics, such as being set to 10%.
  • the overflow rate is less than the overflow rate threshold, it means that the loss caused by the overflow during analog-to-digital conversion is small. Therefore, a digital amplified signal with an overflow rate less than the overflow rate threshold can be selected.
  • a digital amplified signal that is less than the overflow rate threshold may also be insufficiently amplified. For example, when the overflow rate is 0, although it is less than the overflow rate threshold, it is not actually effectively amplified. This type of digital amplified signal is not conducive to sensing signal detection. Therefore, the touch state detection unit can select a digital amplified signal that is less than the overflow rate threshold and as close to the overflow rate threshold as possible.
  • step 1222 specifically includes: the touch state detection unit determines an overflow rate that is less than and closest to the overflow rate threshold among the overflow rates, and uses the digital amplified signal corresponding to the determined overflow rate as the currently selected first-level amplified signal, and the digital amplified signal is a signal obtained after analog-to-digital conversion of the corresponding amplified signal.
  • the touch state detection unit sorts the overflow rates of the digitally amplified signals from small to large, and selects the digitally amplified signal corresponding to the overflow rate that is smaller than the overflow rate threshold and closest to the overflow rate threshold.
  • Step 123 The touch state detection unit generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal.
  • the touch state detection unit can determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal by detecting some parameters in the digital amplified signal that change significantly due to the sensor signal. At present, the parameters that change significantly due to the sensor signal are recorded as signal features. Parameters, in one embodiment, the signal characteristic parameters include peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio. In this case, step 123 may include steps 1231-1232:
  • Step 1231 The touch state detection unit determines the peak-to-peak value, energy value, and time-frequency energy ratio of the selected amplified signal.
  • the peak-to-peak value can be understood as the difference between the maximum signal value and the minimum signal value in the digital amplified signal. When the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal, the peak-to-peak value increases sharply, and then when the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, the peak-to-peak value changes little.
  • the energy value can be understood as the energy of the digital amplified signal. When the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal, the energy value becomes larger. When the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, the energy value is the same as the energy value of the background noise (i.e., the noise signal).
  • the time-frequency point energy ratio can be understood as the ratio of the energy in the set frequency band in the digital amplified signal to the energy of the digital amplified signal in the entire frequency band, wherein the set frequency band is a priori value, and the signal points in the set frequency band are highly correlated with the sensor signal.
  • the touch state detection unit calculates the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio of the currently selected digital amplified signal.
  • Step 1232 When the touch state detection unit determines that the peak-to-peak value is greater than the peak-to-peak value threshold or the energy value is greater than the energy threshold, and the time-frequency point energy ratio is greater than the ratio threshold, it determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal and generates a touch state signal.
  • the peak-to-peak value threshold, energy threshold and proportion threshold can be set according to actual conditions, and respectively represent the minimum values of the peak-to-peak value, energy value and energy proportion of the time-frequency point when the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal.
  • the peak-to-peak value threshold, energy threshold and proportion threshold form a detection threshold sequence.
  • the touch state detection unit determines the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency energy ratio of the currently selected digital amplified signal, it determines whether the peak-to-peak value is greater than the peak-to-peak value threshold or the energy value is greater than the energy value threshold, and whether the time-frequency energy ratio is greater than the ratio threshold, wherein the peak-to-peak value and the energy value are in a relationship of or, that is, one of the two exceeds the threshold, and whether the other exceeds the threshold is not considered at present.
  • the time-frequency energy ratio is greater than the ratio threshold and the peak-to-peak value or energy value is greater than the corresponding threshold, it is determined that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal and generates a touch state signal (ie, down).
  • time-frequency energy ratio is greater than the threshold but the peak-to-peak value and the energy value are not greater than the corresponding threshold, or the time-frequency energy ratio is not greater than the corresponding threshold, it is determined that the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensing signal.
  • the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, sudden noise will also cause the peak-to-peak value and energy value to change, causing the two to exceed the corresponding thresholds.
  • the first sensor is a vibration sensor
  • the frame of the display screen receives a hard tap
  • the glass panel of the display screen will also vibrate.
  • the original signal collected by the vibration sensor will also reflect the current vibration, and the corresponding peak-to-peak value and energy value of the digital amplified signal may also exceed the corresponding threshold. Therefore, using only the peak-to-peak value and energy value to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal is not accurate.
  • the first sensor is a vibration sensor
  • the original signal collected by the vibration sensor will also reflect the current vibration, and the corresponding digital amplified signal will also exceed the corresponding threshold.
  • the time-frequency energy ratio of the digital amplified signal may also exceed the ratio threshold. Therefore, the accuracy of judging whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal by only using the time-frequency energy ratio is not high. Based on this, the peak-to-peak value or energy value and the time-frequency energy ratio are used in the embodiment to comprehensively judge whether the display screen receives the sensor signal, which can ensure the accuracy of the sensor signal detection.
  • the first sensor when the first sensor collects the original signal, due to the influence of factors such as the circuit in the interactive flat panel and environmental noise, there is a noise signal in the original signal, and the noise signal is not conducive to the detection of the sensor signal. Therefore, after selecting a certain level of digital amplification signal, the sensor signal and the noise signal can be separated first. This process can also be considered as a process of filtering out the noise signal.
  • an autocorrelation or adaptive method may be used.
  • the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal and generates the touch state signal before: the touch state detection unit performs an autocorrelation operation on the selected amplified signal to obtain an autocorrelation calculation result; when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold, the touch state detection unit performs an operation of determining that the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal and generates the touch state signal.
  • the selected amplified signal refers to a digital amplified signal.
  • the stationary noise signal can be filtered out by autocorrelation or adaptive means, wherein stationary noise and non-stationary noise are relatively common noises.
  • the noise signal (also referred to as noise) and the sensing signal are unrelated random signals, so the result of the autocorrelation calculation is very small, while the sensing signal is not a random signal, but a related signal (both related to stress or vibration during touch), so the result of the autocorrelation calculation is very large.
  • the autocorrelation calculation result of the digitized amplified signal can be used to determine whether the digitized amplified signal is related to the sensing signal.
  • s[n] a[n]+w[n]
  • s[n+n 1 ] represents the signal value of the nth signal point at time n 1.
  • a[n+n 1 ] represents the signal value of the sensing signal at the nth signal point at time n 1.
  • w[n+n 1 ] represents the signal value of the noise signal at the nth signal point at time n 1 .
  • the autocorrelation calculation process can be expressed as:
  • R[n] represents the autocorrelation calculation result. Since the noise signal and the sensor signal are uncorrelated, and The values of are approximately equal to zero. At this time, R[n] can be expressed as:
  • the autocorrelation threshold can be obtained through experimental statistics or derived according to the constant false alarm rate (CFAR).
  • CFAR constant false alarm rate
  • the touch state detection unit determines that the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold, it can be preliminarily considered that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal, that is, the digital amplified signal may be related to the sensor signal, and therefore, it can be performed to determine that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, and generate the touch state signal (that is, judging whether the display screen receives the sensor signal according to the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio, and receiving the sensor signal, that is, generating the touch state signal). Otherwise, it is determined that the digital amplified signal only contains the noise signal, so the entire digital amplified signal can be filtered out.
  • the noise signal in the digitized amplified signal can also be filtered out to reduce the interference of the noise signal when determining whether the sensor signal is received based on the signal characteristic parameters later.
  • the touch state detection unit performs the operation of generating a second state signal based on the sensor signal when determining that the surface of the display screen has received the sensor signal based on the selected amplified signal, which may include: when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold, the touch state detection unit detects a pulse-shaped signal segment in the selected amplified signal; the touch state detection unit performs frequency domain transformation on the signal segment to obtain a frequency domain signal segment; the touch state detection unit selects a sub-frequency domain signal segment within a preset frequency band in the frequency domain signal segment; the touch state detection unit performs time domain transformation on the sub-frequency domain signal segment to obtain an amplified signal with non-stationary noise filtered out, and performs the operation of determining that the surface of the display screen has received the sensor signal based on the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal.
  • the sensing signal is generated, a second
  • the noise signal currently filtered out is a non-stationary noise signal.
  • time-frequency analysis can be used, that is, analyzing the time domain characteristics and frequency domain characteristics of the digital amplified signal.
  • the non-stationary noise signal in the digital amplified signal it is significantly different from the sensing signal in both the time domain and the frequency domain.
  • the sensing signal is concentrated in the set frequency band in the frequency domain, where the set frequency band is an empirical value, while the non-stationary noise signal may be distributed in the full frequency (that is, all frequency bands of the digital amplified signal in the frequency domain).
  • the sensing signal is generally in the form of a pulse in the time domain (due to stress or vibration), and the non-stationary noise audio is not in the form of a pulse in the time domain and appears continuously. It will not only appear when the touch object touches the surface of the display screen and disappear when the touch leaves the surface of the display screen. Based on the above distinction, the touch state detection unit can filter out the non-stationary noise signal in the digital amplified signal by means of time-frequency analysis.
  • the touch state detection unit first detects the digital amplified signal in the time domain to extract a reasonable signal segment (i.e., a segment of the digital amplified signal).
  • a reasonable signal segment i.e., a segment of the digital amplified signal.
  • the pulse signal can also be understood as a pulse signal.
  • the touch state detection unit can detect the pulse signal by calculating the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), the ringing rate (ringing count rate), the short-time energy change value, etc., wherein the ringing rate can be determined by the ratio of the maximum amplitude of the oscillation waveform to the pulse amplitude or the number of oscillation cycles, and the short-time energy change value can be obtained by sliding the window to calculate the energy of the oscillation waveform.
  • SNR signal-to-noise ratio
  • ringing rate ringing count rate
  • the short-time energy change value can be obtained by sliding the window to calculate the energy of the oscillation waveform.
  • a signal with a signal-to-noise ratio higher than a preset signal-to-noise ratio can be considered as a pulse signal, or a signal with a ringing rate higher than a preset ringing rate can be considered as a pulse signal, or a pulse signal is considered to appear when the short-time energy change value is greater than a preset threshold (i.e., a preset short-time energy change value).
  • a preset threshold i.e., a preset short-time energy change value
  • the touch state detection unit After selecting the signal segment in the form of a pulse, the touch state detection unit performs a frequency domain transformation on the signal segment (i.e., converts it into a signal in the frequency domain) to obtain a signal segment in the frequency domain, which is currently recorded as a frequency domain signal segment.
  • the technical means used for frequency domain transformation are not currently limited.
  • the frequency values at both ends of the preset frequency band in the sensor signal set are recorded as f1 and f2, respectively, and f1 and f2 are empirical values.
  • the touch state detection unit obtains the frequency domain signal segment, it obtains the component between f1 and f2, that is, obtains the frequency domain signal segment in the preset frequency band.
  • the obtained frequency domain signal segment in the preset frequency band is recorded as a sub-frequency domain signal segment, wherein the sub-frequency domain signal segment is highly correlated with the sensor signal.
  • the sub-frequency domain signal segment is transformed in the time domain (i.e., converted into a signal in the time domain) to obtain a signal in the time domain, which can be considered as an amplified signal (currently a digitized amplified signal) that filters out non-stationary noise.
  • the touch state detection unit filters out non-stationary noise signals (including interference signals) through a time-frequency domain filter.
  • the type of time-frequency domain filter is not currently limited. For example, the phase signal of the digital amplified signal is not involved in the time-frequency analysis.
  • an IIR filter can be used as the time-frequency domain filter.
  • the IIR filter is also called the IIR digital filter, which is a more commonly used filter.
  • the touch state detection unit also includes a time-frequency domain filter, and the digital amplified signal is input into the time-frequency domain filter to obtain a digital amplified signal that filters out non-stationary noise.
  • the touch state detection unit performs a time domain transformation on the sub-frequency domain signal segment to obtain an amplified signal that filters out non-stationary noise, including: when the touch state detection unit determines that the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment is greater than an energy threshold, the sub-frequency domain signal segment is transformed in the time domain to obtain an amplified signal that filters out non-stationary noise.
  • the touch state detection unit extracts the sub-frequency domain signal segment within the preset frequency band, it calculates the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment. If the energy value is greater than a preset energy threshold (which can be set based on experience), it is determined that the sub-frequency domain signal segment is related to the sensing signal. At this time, the sub-frequency domain signal segment can be transformed in the time domain to obtain a digital amplified signal that filters out non-stationary noise.
  • a preset energy threshold which can be set based on experience
  • the touch state detection unit can filter out noise by autocorrelation operation and time-frequency analysis.
  • the touch state detection unit performs an autocorrelation operation on the selected digital amplified signal.
  • a time-frequency analysis is performed.
  • the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment is greater than the energy threshold, and it is determined that a digital amplified signal related to the sensing signal (a signal in the form of a pulse within the set frequency band) is obtained.
  • the noise signal is greatly weakened.
  • the touch state detection unit further judges the digital amplified signal with the noise signal removed to determine whether the display screen receives the sensing signal. If the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is not greater than the autocorrelation threshold, the pulse signal segment is not selected, or the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment is not greater than the energy threshold, the digital amplified signal is determined to be a noise signal, and therefore, no subsequent processing is performed.
  • Step 130 The processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determines whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • the processing unit analyzes the occlusion data signal to determine whether there is currently blocked light based on the occlusion data signal. If there is blocked light, it is determined that there is a touch object causing occlusion, and an occlusion status signal is generated, wherein the occlusion status signal is used to indicate that light is currently blocked, that is, there is a possibility that the touch object is in contact with the surface of the display screen.
  • the occlusion status signal includes two types, down and move, where down indicates that the touch object has fallen and just touched the surface of the display screen, and move indicates that the touch object has touched the surface of the display screen and is moving on the surface.
  • the signal corresponding to the occlusion status signal can be recorded as a non-blocking status signal, which is used to indicate that no light is blocked, and the non-blocking status signal can be recorded as up.
  • the processing unit in a writing process, the processing unit generates at least down, move, move, ..., up.
  • the processing unit When the touch object just touches the display screen surface, that is, from up to down (from lifting to putting down the pen), the amount of blocked light will change from 0 to a non-zero value. Therefore, when the processing unit generates up at the previous moment and determines that blocking occurs according to the touch data signal at the current moment, it generates down. When the processing unit generates down or move at the previous moment and determines that blocking occurs according to the touch data signal at the current moment, it generates move. When the processing unit determines that no blocking occurs according to the touch data signal at the current moment, it generates up.
  • the change amount of blocked light when the touch object just touches the surface, the change amount of blocked light will change significantly, and when the touch object moves on the display screen surface, that is, from down to move (from pen down to move) or from move to move (continuous movement), the touch object continues to block the light, at this time, the change amount of blocked light is small, and the change amount is less than the change amount from up to down, and when the touch object leaves the display screen surface, that is, from down to up or from move to up, the change amount of blocked light will also change significantly, that is, from a non-zero value to zero, therefore, when the processing unit generates down, move and up, it can be combined with the change amount of blocked light to assist in verifying whether the generated down, move and up are accurate.
  • the processing unit determines whether the change amount of the current blocked light is greater than a quantity threshold (the quantity threshold is the minimum value of the change amount of the blocked light when the touch object falls and lifts up), if it is greater than the quantity threshold, then generate down, otherwise, it is considered to be a false blockage, and therefore, no response is made.
  • the down and up signals generated by the processing unit have different specific meanings from the down and up signals sent by the touch status detection unit. In the data structure of the processing unit, they belong to a byte in different data formats and can be effectively distinguished.
  • the occlusion position can also be determined according to the occlusion data signal.
  • the occlusion position is determined by an existing determination method.
  • the occlusion position can be represented by a two-dimensional coordinate in a two-dimensional coordinate system, which is a coordinate system used by the optical network.
  • the processing unit When the processing unit generates an occlusion status signal (down or move), it can be clearly determined that multiple light rays on the surface of the display screen are blocked, but it cannot be determined whether the blocking object is hovering above the screen of the display screen or has touched the display screen. Therefore, the occlusion status signal is only a necessary but not sufficient condition for determining a touch operation. At this time, the processing unit also needs to determine whether a touch operation is received in combination with the detection result reported by the touch status detection unit (touch status signal or non-touch status signal).
  • the processing unit receives a touch status signal when generating an occlusion status signal, it determines that the light is blocked and the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, and therefore, it can be determined that the display screen receives a touch operation.
  • the processing unit determines that the current touch object has just touched the surface of the display screen; if the occlusion status signal is move and the touch status signal is down, the processing unit determines that the current touch object has already touched the surface of the display screen and moved. At this time, the processing unit can determine the occlusion position as the touch position of the touch operation.
  • the processing unit responds to the touch operation based on the touch position. For example, in a writing scenario, when the processing unit responds to a writing operation, when the processing unit determines that the touch operation is a writing operation (such as when the touch position changes), the processing unit changes the state of the display screen. The state of the display screen is set to the writing state, and the corresponding writing track is displayed according to the touch position. When the touch operation is other touch operations other than writing (such as the touch position has not changed), the processing unit sets the state of the display screen to the touch state, and determines the display content targeted by the touch operation according to the touch position, and then makes a corresponding response.
  • a writing scenario when the processing unit responds to a writing operation, when the processing unit determines that the touch operation is a writing operation (such as when the touch position changes), the processing unit changes the state of the display screen. The state of the display screen is set to the writing state, and the corresponding writing track is displayed according to the touch position.
  • the processing unit sets the state of the display screen to
  • an application with a writing function responds to the writing operation, and the application is currently running and displays the corresponding interface on the display screen.
  • the processing unit sends the received touch operation and touch position to the application, and the application responds.
  • step 110 and step 120 the execution timing of step 110 and step 120 is not clearly defined, and the optical detection unit and the touch state detection unit both work in real time so that the processing unit can determine in real time whether a touch operation is detected.
  • the processing unit can be one, or two or more. When there are two processing units, one of them can be used to calculate the occlusion state signal, and the other can be used to determine whether a touch operation is received by combining the occlusion state signal and the detection result (touch state signal or non-touch state signal) reported by the touch state detection unit.
  • the optical detection unit detects the reception of the light covering the surface of the display screen and reports the occlusion data signal to the processing unit
  • the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor set on the back of the display screen in real time, and determines based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, reports the touch state signal to the processing unit
  • the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determines that the display screen receives the touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • the technical means solves the technical problem of easy misdetection when using optical detection means to detect touch operations in related technologies.
  • a first sensor is added, wherein the first sensor is a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor set on the side of the display screen away from the user to detect the force generated when the display screen is touched, overcomes the misdetection problem caused by a certain distance between the light and the surface of the display screen, and improves the detection accuracy.
  • the signal changes caused by the touch operation contacting the display screen with different forces and different speeds can be amplified to a reasonable signal-to-noise ratio, ensuring the accuracy of the touch state signal, thereby further improving the detection accuracy.
  • the touch state detection unit determines whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal through multi-dimensional fusion (i.e., through the peak-to-peak value, energy value and energy ratio of the time-frequency point), and then determines whether to generate a touch state signal, which can ensure the accuracy of the sensing signal detection and thus improve the detection accuracy of the touch operation.
  • multi-dimensional fusion i.e., through the peak-to-peak value, energy value and energy ratio of the time-frequency point
  • the touch detection method also includes: when the processing unit receives the touch status signal and generates a non-occlusion status signal based on the occlusion data signal, determining that the display screen has not received a touch operation.
  • the touch operation will inevitably block the light. If the processing unit determines that the light is not currently blocked according to the blocking data signal If there is no light, that is, no touching object is close to or in contact with the surface of the display screen, a non-blocking state signal (i.e., up) is generated. At this time, regardless of whether the touch state signal is received, the processing unit considers that no touch operation is detected. At this time, if the processing unit receives the touch state signal but does not generate a blocking state signal (i.e., generates a non-blocking state signal), it can be considered that the sensing signal detected by the touch state signal belongs to noise interference, and therefore, no processing is performed.
  • a non-blocking state signal i.e., up
  • the processing unit when the processing unit does not generate a non-occluded state signal, it is considered that no touch operation is detected regardless of whether a touch state signal is received, thereby avoiding the influence of the touch operation detection result when the touch state signal is erroneously generated due to noise interference, and ensuring the detection accuracy of the touch operation.
  • FIG2 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the touch detection method is based on the above embodiment, and adds a description of the scenario where there is only an occlusion state signal but no touch state signal.
  • the touch detection method includes:
  • Step 210 The optical detection unit determines the shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit. Then, step 230 is executed.
  • Step 220 The touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and generates a non-touch state signal when it is determined based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen has not received the sensing signal, and reports the non-touch state signal to the processing unit. Execute step 230.
  • the touch state detection unit continuously determines whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, and when it is determined that the sensing signal is received, generates a touch state signal (ie, down) and reports it to the processing unit, and when it is determined that the sensing signal is not received, generates a non-touch state signal (ie, up) and reports it to the processing unit. That is, the touch state detection unit continuously reports the current detection result of the sensing signal to the processing unit.
  • the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time to obtain a multi-stage amplified signal, and then selects a first-stage amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signal, and generates a non-touch state signal when it is determined that the display screen does not receive the sensor signal according to the selected amplified signal.
  • the touch state detection unit can select a first-stage amplified signal according to the overflow rate of each stage of the amplified signal. This process can refer to the relevant description of step 122 in the aforementioned embodiment.
  • the touch state detection unit determines the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio of the selected amplified signal.
  • the touch state detection unit filters out noise, it first performs a sub-correlation operation on the selected amplified signal, and the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is not greater than the autocorrelation threshold, then it is determined that the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, and a non-touch state signal is generated.
  • the touch state detection unit does not select a pulse-shaped signal segment in the selected amplified signal, it also determines that the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, and generates a non-touch state signal.
  • the touch state detection unit determines that the energy value of the selected pulse signal segment within the preset frequency range is not greater than the energy threshold When the touch signal is not received, it is determined that the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensing signal and a non-touch state signal is generated.
  • Step 230 when the processing unit generates an occlusion status signal according to the occlusion data signal at the current moment and receives a non-touch status signal, it determines the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and determines the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value; if the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, it is determined that the display screen receives a touch operation and the second quantity threshold is greater than the first quantity threshold.
  • the processing unit there are four situations when it detects touch operations: 1. Generate an occlusion state signal and receive a touch state signal; 1. Generate a non-occlusion state signal and receive a touch state signal; 2. Generate a non-occlusion state signal and receive a non-touch state signal; 4. Generate an occlusion state signal and receive a non-touch state signal.
  • the response methods for the first three situations have been described in the previous embodiments.
  • the fourth situation is described, and the detected touch operation is a moving operation, which means that the touch object needs to move on the surface of the display screen.
  • the reason why the processing unit generates an occlusion status signal based on the occlusion data signal and receives a non-touch status signal may be: the touch object blocks the light but does not touch the display screen (such as the touch object hovers above the display screen); or the touch force is too light so that the touch status detection unit fails to detect the sensor signal.
  • the touch status detection unit fails to detect the sensor signal.
  • the touch status detection unit is easily misidentified as the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal and generates a non-touch status signal. Therefore, the processing unit needs to further determine whether a touch operation is currently received.
  • the processing unit when the touch object is hovering, the touch object moves very little, and the number of blocked light rays changes very little. However, when the touch object contacts the display screen and moves, the number of blocked light rays changes greatly. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether a touch operation is received by the number of blocked light rays. Specifically, when the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal, it also counts the number of blocked light rays based on the occlusion data signal. In an embodiment, the number of blocked light rays counted at the current moment is recorded as the real-time number value of the blocked light rays.
  • the processing unit can count the real-time number value in real time, and when there is no occlusion (i.e., when a non-occlusion state signal is generated), the real-time number value is zero.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the real-time number value at the current moment and the real-time number value at the previous moment is calculated.
  • the difference can reflect the degree of increase or decrease in the number of blocked light rays at the current moment.
  • the absolute value of the difference is recorded as the first quantity change value.
  • the first quantity change value is compared with the first quantity threshold and the second quantity threshold, wherein the first quantity threshold and the second quantity threshold are quantity thresholds set in combination with actual conditions, the first quantity threshold is less than the second quantity threshold, the first quantity threshold can be understood as the minimum value of the quantity change (absolute value) of the blocked light when the touch object contacts the display surface and moves, and the second quantity threshold can be understood as the minimum value of the quantity change (absolute value) of the blocked light when the touch object just contacts the display surface or just leaves the display surface.
  • the processing unit When the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal and receives a non-touch state signal, if the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold, it indicates that the change in the quantity of the currently blocked light meets the change in quantity when the touch object contacts and moves on the surface of the display screen, that is, the touch object has moved on the surface of the display screen, and the first quantity change value is less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, then it indicates that the touch object has not left the surface of the display screen. Therefore, when the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than the second quantity threshold, the processing unit believes that the touch object contacts the surface of the display screen, that is, determines that the touch operation is received.
  • the processing unit may also include: if the first quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has not received a touch operation.
  • the processing unit believes that the touch object has not touched the surface of the display screen, that is, the touch operation has not been received, and gives up responding.
  • the processing unit determines the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and determines the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value, it also includes: if the first quantity change value is greater than the second quantity threshold, the processing unit continues to calculate the second quantity change value of the blocked light at the next moment; if the second quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has received a touch operation; if the second quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has not received a touch operation.
  • the processing unit needs to further determine whether the touch object touches the display screen.
  • the processing unit when further judging, the processing unit combines the occlusion data signal of the next moment to count the number of blocked light rays at the next moment, and then calculates the absolute value of the difference between the number of blocked light rays at the next moment and the number of blocked light rays at the moment before the next moment (here is the current moment).
  • the absolute value of the difference obtained based on the real-time number value of the blocked light rays at the next moment and the real-time number value of the blocked light rays at the current moment is recorded as the second quantity change value. Then, the second quantity change value is compared with the first quantity threshold and the second quantity threshold respectively.
  • the processing unit determines that a touch operation has been received. It can be understood that determining that a touch operation has been received is the result obtained by the processing unit at the next moment. For when For the previous moment, the processing unit will not generate a detection result of the touch operation temporarily. If the second quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, it means that the touch object is hovering above the surface of the display screen. Therefore, the processing unit determines that no touch operation is received. If the second quantity change value is greater than the second quantity threshold, it means that the light blocked at the current moment may be due to false blocking caused by other factors (non-touch operation).
  • the processing unit determines that no touch operation is received. It should be noted that when the touch object leaves the surface of the display screen, the first quantity change value will also be greater than the second quantity threshold. At this time, it can be further determined whether the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the next moment is zero. If it is zero, it is determined that the touch object has left the display screen. Therefore, the method can also accurately identify the situation where the touch object leaves the display screen, that is, it can identify the situation where the pen is lifted during the writing process.
  • the processing unit can make further judgments. Accordingly, after the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time and obtains the multi-stage amplified signal, it also includes: the touch state detection unit selects a third number of amplified signals from the multi-stage amplified signal, the third number is at least two, and the third number of amplified signals are amplified signals with continuous amplification levels.
  • the processing unit determines that the display screen has received a touch operation, which may include: if the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, the processing unit instructs the touch state detection unit to reselect the third number of amplified signals and select a first-level amplified signal from the third number of amplified signals, determines that the surface of the display screen has received the sensing signal according to the selected amplified signal, generates a touch state signal, reports the touch state signal to the processing unit, and the amplification level of the reselected amplified signal is greater than the amplification level of the amplified signal before reselection; the processing unit determines that the display screen has received a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • the process of the touch state detection unit selecting the third number of amplified signals from the multi-level amplified signals can refer to the process of the touch state detection unit selecting the first number of amplified signals from the multi-level amplified signals.
  • the third number can be set according to actual conditions, and the third number can be equal to the first number.
  • the processing unit determines that the first number change value is greater than or equal to the first number threshold and less than or equal to the second number threshold, it instructs the touch state detection unit to reselect the third number of amplified signals from all amplified signals, wherein the reselection process can refer to the relevant description of reselecting the first number of amplified signals in step 120.
  • the amplification level of the reselected amplified signal is generally greater than or partially greater than the amplification level of the previously selected amplified signal, that is, the amplification factor is increased, so that the sensing signal is captured and amplified.
  • the touch state detection unit selects a first-level amplified signal again from each reselected amplified signal, and selects to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the selected amplified signal, and when it is determined that the display screen receives the sensing signal, generates a touch state signal and reports it to the processing unit.
  • the processing unit can Determine whether a touch operation is received based on the touch state signal and the occlusion state signal.
  • the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensing signal, it generates a non-touch state signal and reports it to the processing unit.
  • the processing unit can continue to determine whether a touch operation is received based on the non-touch state signal and the occlusion state signal. It is understandable that if the touch state detection unit has reselected all the amplified signals but still has not detected the sensing signal, the processing unit determines that the touch operation is not received.
  • the process of reselecting the amplification level can also be executed when an occlusion state signal is generated but a non-touch state signal is received, that is, the amplified signal corresponding to the different amplification levels is first reselected, and it is determined whether the sensor signal is detected. If all the amplified signals have been reselected but the sensor signal is still not detected, the processing unit calculates the first quantity change value, and determines whether a touch operation is received in combination with the first quantity threshold and the second quantity threshold.
  • the touch state detection unit cannot detect the sensing signal. At this time, the touch state detection unit can further determine the energy value of the selected amplified signal, and then compare the currently determined energy value with the energy value of the amplified signal selected at the previous moment to determine whether the energy attenuation of the amplified signal conforms to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen surface. It can be understood that when the touch object leaves the display screen, the energy of the original signal collected by the first sensor will be greatly attenuated.
  • the touch state detection unit If the energy attenuation of the amplified signal conforms to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen, the touch state detection unit generates a non-touch state signal and notifies the processing unit that the energy attenuation of the amplified signal conforms to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen. If the energy attenuation of the amplified signal does not conform to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen, it may be that the touch object touches at a slow speed (i.e., moves slowly) or the touch object touches the display screen surface with a very light force.
  • the touch state detection unit does not generate a touch state signal and notifies the processing unit that the energy attenuation of the amplified signal does not conform to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen.
  • the processing unit receives a non-touch state signal and generates an occlusion state signal, if the energy attenuation of the amplified signal sent by the touch state detection unit conforms to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen, the processing unit determines that no touch operation is received; if the energy attenuation of the amplified signal sent by the touch state detection unit does not conform to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen, the processing unit calculates a first quantity change value, and determines whether a touch operation is received in combination with the first quantity change value.
  • the optical detection unit generates an occlusion data signal according to the received light signal and reports the occlusion data signal to the processing unit.
  • the touch state detection unit detects that the display screen has not received the sensor signal according to the first sensor set on the side facing away from the glass panel of the display screen, it reports a non-touch state signal to the processing unit.
  • the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal and receives the non-touch state signal, the technical means for determining whether the display screen has received a touch operation is combined with the change in the amount of blocked light. This can achieve detection correction.
  • the touch operation can be further detected by combining the change speed of the touch position or changing the amplification level, thereby improving the detection accuracy of the touch operation.
  • the change in the amount of blocked light meets the blocked light when the touch object moves on the surface of the display screen.
  • there is a short pause i.e., the touch object is briefly still
  • the control e.g., movement
  • the short pause will reduce the stress received by the display screen or the vibration generated (i.e., the sensing signal becomes smaller), thereby causing the touch state detection unit to fail to detect the sensing signal and generate a non-touch state signal.
  • the processing unit will generate an occlusion state signal and receive a non-touch state signal.
  • the processing unit will consider that no touch operation is received.
  • the touch state detection unit needs to perform additional processing for the pause period when the touch object just contacts the display screen.
  • the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal based on the multi-level amplified signal
  • the touch state signal is generated, and the touch state signal is reported to the processing unit, including: when the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal at the current moment and does not receive the sensor signal at the previous moment based on the multi-level amplified signal, the touch starts and generates the touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit; the touch state detection unit enters a static phase, and the touch state detection unit stops detecting the sensor signal in the static phase and stops reporting the detection result to the processing unit; when the touch state detection unit determines that the duration of the static phase reaches the first duration, the static phase ends, and continues to perform multi-level amplification according to the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor, and when the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal based on the multi-level amplified signal, the touch state signal is generated,
  • the touch detection method further includes: in the static stage, when the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal and does not receive a detection result reported by the touch state detection unit, determining that the display screen receives a touch operation.
  • the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives a sensing signal at the current moment, it can determine whether the sensing signal is a sensing signal when the touch object just touches the display screen, or a sensing signal when the touch object moves on the display screen.
  • the touch state detection unit detects a sensing signal at the current moment and does not detect a sensing signal at the previous moment, it can be considered that the touch object did not touch the surface of the display screen at the previous moment, and the touch object touches the surface of the display screen at the current moment, that is, the touch object just touches the display screen at the current moment (that is, the touch starts), at this time, the touch state detection unit generates a touch state signal and reports it to the processing unit, so that the processing unit determines whether a touch operation is detected, and the touch state detection unit enters a static stage.
  • the touch state detection unit can also detect whether the current sensor signal is a sensor signal when the touch object just touches the display screen, or a sensor signal when the touch object moves on the display screen by detecting the energy value of the amplified signal, the energy proportion of the time-frequency point, etc. For example, the energy value when the touch object just touches the display screen is greater than the energy value when it moves, or the touch object The energy proportion of the time-frequency point when just touching the display screen is greater than that of the time-frequency point when moving.
  • the touch state detection unit After the touch state detection unit enters the static stage, it will no longer detect the sensing signal, and will not generate the touch state signal and the non-touch state signal. The processing unit will not receive the touch state signal and the non-touch state signal. At this time, the processing unit can also determine that the touch state detection unit has entered the static stage. Optionally, when the processing unit does not receive the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit, if the blocking state signal is generated, it is determined that the touch object continues to block the light after contacting the surface of the display screen, and therefore, it is determined that the touch operation is detected.
  • the processing unit does not generate the blocking state signal, it is determined that the touch operation is not detected. It can be seen that when the processing unit does not receive any signal reported by the touch state detection unit, the detection of the touch operation is realized by relying on the blocking data signal reported by the optical detection unit.
  • the touch state detection unit After the touch state detection unit enters the static phase, it starts timing to determine the duration of the static phase, and then ends the static phase when the duration reaches the first duration.
  • the first duration is the duration of a short pause when the touch object contacts the display screen, which can be an empirical value.
  • the touch state detection unit continues to detect the sensor signal, that is, based on the original signal collected by the current first sensor, it determines again whether the display screen receives the sensor signal, and when it is determined that the display screen receives the sensor signal, it continues to generate a touch state signal and reports it to the processing unit.
  • the processing unit When it is determined that the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, it continues to generate a non-touch state signal and reports it to the processing unit. At this time, when the processing unit receives the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit again, it can continue to determine whether a touch operation is detected based on the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit and the occlusion data signal reported by the optical detection unit.
  • the sensor signal detected by the touch state detection unit is not the sensor signal when the touch object just contacts the display screen, it will not enter the static phase.
  • the interactive tablet can select one of the three methods (reselecting the amplified signal, based on the change in the number of blocked light rays, and entering the static stage) for application, or multiple methods can be selected for application.
  • the processing unit does not receive any signal reported by the touch state detection unit, the optical detection unit is relied on to detect the touch operation.
  • the touch state detection unit is instructed to reselect the amplified signal.
  • the processing unit when the processing unit receives a non-touch state signal and generates an occlusion state signal, the touch operation is detected in combination with the change in the number of blocked light rays, and the amplified signal can be reselected during the detection process.
  • the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal at the current moment and does not receive the sensor signal at the previous moment, it enters the static stage. During the static stage, the touch state detection unit no longer reports any detection result.
  • the processing unit does not receive the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit, it relies on the optical detection unit to detect the touch operation, which can avoid the short pause between the touch object from the pen falling to the movement causing the sensor signal received by the display screen to become hours, the impact on the touch operation detection results, and improved the touch detection accuracy.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the front of a display screen provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the back of a display screen provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • an optical detection unit 12 is provided at the edge of the front (image-presenting) side of the display screen 1, and each light emitted by the light emitter of the optical detection unit 12 covers the surface of the display screen 1 and is received by the light receiver of the optical detection unit.
  • the back of the display screen 1 corresponds to the part between the display screen 1 and the back shell of the interactive flat panel.
  • the back of the display screen 1 is provided with a first sensor 131 and a processing unit 14 of a touch state detection unit 13, and the touch state detection unit 13 is also provided with a multi-stage amplifier circuit 132 and a signal processing unit (i.e., a touch detection processing subunit) 133.
  • the multi-stage amplifier circuit is composed of three amplifiers.
  • the first sensor 131 is attached to the back of the glass panel of the display screen, and other devices such as the processing unit 14, the multi-stage amplifier circuit 132 and the signal processing unit 133 are installed inside the interactive flat panel, but may not be attached to the glass panel.
  • the writing trajectory is shown in Figure 5.
  • Figure 5 the first and second strokes of the character " ⁇ " are close to each other.
  • the processing unit will continue to receive the blocking state signal, and determine that the touch operation is detected based on the blocking state signal, and draw the corresponding writing trajectory based on the blocking position.
  • the optical detection unit and the touch state detection unit are used to identify the touch operation together.
  • the touch pen leaves the display screen, so the touch state detection unit generates a non-touch state signal.
  • the processing unit receives the non-touch state signal and generates a blocking state signal. After that, when it is determined that the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, the processing unit instructs the touch state detection unit to reselect a plurality of different levels of amplification signals.
  • the processing unit determines that no touch operation is detected. At this time, the writing trajectory is shown in FIG6. Compared with the writing trajectory shown in FIG5, the writing trajectory shown in FIG6 is more consistent with the actual writing of the user.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a touch detection method, which can be executed by a touch detection device.
  • the touch detection device can be implemented by software and/or hardware.
  • the touch detection device can be composed of two or more physical entities, or it can be composed of one physical entity.
  • the touch detection device can be an electronic device with touch function, such as an interactive tablet, a tablet computer, a smart TV, etc.
  • the touch detection method is described by way of example, taking the touch detection device as an interactive tablet.
  • the interactive tablet includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit.
  • the optical detection unit is a touch state detection unit.
  • the detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver.
  • the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor.
  • the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor.
  • the first sensor is arranged on the side of the display screen facing away from the user.
  • the touch state detection unit in the interactive tablet performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor, and then sends the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit, and the processing unit determines to generate a touch state signal or a non-touch state signal according to the multi-stage amplified signal. That is, the touch state detection unit includes the first sensor and the multi-stage amplification circuit, and no longer includes the touch detection processing subunit.
  • the central processing unit included in the processing unit can have the function of processing the multi-stage amplified signal to detect the sensor signal, or the processing unit also includes a touch detection processing subunit, and the touch detection processing subunit receives the multi-stage amplified signal sent by the touch state detection unit and detects the sensor signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal.
  • the processing unit may include a touch detection processing subunit and a central processing unit (for generating an occlusion state signal and determining whether a touch operation is received), or includes a touch detection subunit, a central processing unit (for determining whether a touch operation is received) and an optical detection processing subunit (for generating an occlusion state signal).
  • FIG. 7 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 7 , the interactive tablet performs the touch detection method including the following steps:
  • Step 310 The optical detection unit determines a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit.
  • Step 320 the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor, and sends the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
  • Step 330 The processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the amplified signal, and determines that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a touch detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the touch detection device is applied to an interactive tablet, which includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit.
  • the optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver. Each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver.
  • the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, which includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor. The first sensor is arranged on the side of the display screen facing away from the user. Referring to FIG8, the touch detection device includes It includes: a first detection module 401, a second detection module 402, and a third detection module 403.
  • the first detection module 401 is configured in the optical detection unit, and is used to determine the occlusion data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and report the occlusion data signal to the processing unit;
  • the second detection module 402 is configured in the touch state detection unit, and is used to amplify the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time in multiple stages, and determine based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generate a touch state signal, and report the touch state signal to the processing unit;
  • the third detection module 403 is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determine that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • the second detection module 302 includes: a first multi-stage amplification submodule, used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time to obtain a multi-stage amplified signal; a signal selection submodule, used to select a first-stage amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signal; a signal generation submodule, used to determine that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, and generate a touch state signal; a signal reporting submodule, used to report the touch state signal to the processing unit.
  • a first multi-stage amplification submodule used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time to obtain a multi-stage amplified signal
  • a signal selection submodule used to select a first-stage amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signal
  • a signal generation submodule used to determine that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the
  • the signal selection submodule includes: an overflow rate determination submodule for determining the overflow rate of each stage of amplified signals; and an overflow rate selection submodule for selecting a stage of amplified signals that is less than an overflow rate threshold according to the overflow rates of the amplified signals at each stage.
  • the overflow rate determination module includes: an analog-to-digital conversion great-grandson module, which is used to perform analog-to-digital conversion on each stage of the amplified signal to obtain a digitized amplified signal corresponding to each stage of the amplified signal; a statistical great-grandson module, which is used to count the number of signal points in the digitized amplified signal of each stage whose signal value reaches the quantization threshold; and a calculation great-grandson module, which is used to determine the overflow rate of each stage of the digitized amplified signal according to the number of signal points in the digitized amplified signal of each stage whose signal value reaches the quantization threshold and the total number of signal points of the digitized amplified signal of each stage.
  • an analog-to-digital conversion great-grandson module which is used to perform analog-to-digital conversion on each stage of the amplified signal to obtain a digitized amplified signal corresponding to each stage of the amplified signal
  • the overflow rate selection module is specifically used to: determine the overflow rate that is less than and closest to the overflow rate threshold among the overflow rates, and use the digitized amplified signal corresponding to the determined overflow rate as the currently selected first-level amplified signal, wherein the digitized amplified signal is a signal obtained after analog-to-digital conversion of the corresponding amplified signal.
  • the device further includes: a first selection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and after obtaining the multi-stage amplified signals, selecting a first number of amplified signals from the multi-stage amplified signals, wherein the first number is at least two, and the first number of amplified signals are amplified signals with continuous amplification stages; a first reselection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for determining that when the number of overflow rates higher than the overflow rate range among the first number of amplified signals exceeds the second number, the first number of amplified signals are reselected, and the number of overflow rates exceeding the overflow rate range among the reselected amplified signals does not exceed the second number; or, when the number of overflow rates lower than the overflow rate range among the first number of amplified signals exceeds the second number, the first number of amplified signals are reselected, and the first number of amplified signals are
  • the signal characteristic parameters include peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio
  • the signal generation submodule includes: a parameter determination submodule, used to determine the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio of the selected amplified signal; an external force determination submodule, used to determine that when the peak-to-peak value is greater than the peak-to-peak value threshold or the energy value is greater than the energy threshold, and the time-frequency point energy ratio is greater than the ratio threshold, it is determined that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal and generates a touch status signal.
  • it also includes: an autocorrelation operation module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, before generating the touch state signal, to perform an autocorrelation operation on the selected amplified signal to obtain an autocorrelation calculation result; an operation execution module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for executing an operation of generating a touch state signal according to the selected amplified signal when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold.
  • an autocorrelation operation module configured in the touch state detection unit, for determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, before generating the touch state signal, to perform an autocorrelation operation on the selected amplified signal to obtain an autocorrelation calculation result
  • an operation execution module configured in the touch state detection unit, for executing an operation of generating a touch state signal according to the selected amplified signal when
  • the operation execution module includes: a pulse detection submodule, which is used to detect a signal segment in the form of a pulse in the selected amplified signal when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold; a frequency domain transformation submodule, which is used to perform frequency domain transformation on the signal segment to obtain a frequency domain signal segment; a frequency domain selection submodule, which is used to select a sub-frequency domain signal segment within a preset frequency band in the frequency domain signal segment; a time domain transformation submodule, which is used to perform time domain transformation on the sub-frequency domain signal segment to obtain an amplified signal with non-stationary noise filtered out, and execute an operation of determining, based on the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, that when the surface of the display screen receives a sensor signal, generating a second state signal based on the sensor signal.
  • a pulse detection submodule which is used to detect a signal segment in the form of a pulse in the selected amplified signal when the maximum
  • the time domain transformation module specifically performs a time domain transformation on the sub-frequency domain signal segment when it is determined that the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment is greater than an energy threshold, so as to obtain an amplified signal with non-stationary noise filtered out.
  • the device also includes: a fourth detection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and when it is determined based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen has not received the sensing signal, generating a non-touch state signal, and reporting the non-touch state signal to the processing unit; a fifth detection module, configured in the processing unit, for generating an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal at the current moment, and when the non-touch state signal is received, determining the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and determining the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value; if the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, it is determined that the display screen has received a touch operation, and the second quantity threshold is greater than the first quantity threshold.
  • a fourth detection module
  • the device also includes: a sixth detection module, configured in the processing unit, for determining the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and after determining the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value, if the first quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has not received a touch operation.
  • a sixth detection module configured in the processing unit, for determining the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and after determining the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value, if the first quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has not received a touch operation.
  • the device also includes: a quantity calculation module, configured in the processing unit, for determining the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and after determining the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value, if the first quantity change value is greater than the second quantity threshold, then continue to calculate the second quantity change value at the next moment; a seventh detection unit, configured in the processing unit, for determining that the display screen has received a touch operation if the second quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold; an eighth detection unit, configured in the processing unit, for determining that the display screen has not received a touch operation if the second quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold.
  • a quantity calculation module configured in the processing unit, for determining the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and after determining the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-
  • the device further includes: a second selection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and after obtaining the multi-stage amplified signals, selecting a third number of amplified signals from the multi-stage amplified signals, the third number is at least two, and the third number of amplified signals are amplified signals with continuous amplification stages;
  • the fifth detection module includes: an occlusion quantity calculation submodule, for generating an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal at the current moment and determining the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal when receiving the non-touch state signal, and determining the first number of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value.
  • a signal reselection submodule for instructing the touch state detection unit to reselect the second number of amplified signals if the first number change value is greater than or equal to the first number threshold and less than or equal to the second number threshold, and selecting a first-level amplified signal from the second number of amplified signals, determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the selected amplified signal, generating a touch state signal, and reporting the touch state signal to the processing unit, the amplification level of the reselected amplified signal is greater than the amplification level of the amplified signal before the reselection, and the second number threshold is greater than the first number threshold: an operation determination submodule, for determining that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • the second detection module 302 includes: a second multi-stage amplification submodule, which is used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time; a sensor signal detection submodule, which is used to determine that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal at the current moment and does not receive the sensor signal at the previous moment based on the multi-stage amplified signal, determine that the touch starts and generates a touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit; a static submodule, which is used to enter the static stage, in which the touch state detection unit stops detecting the sensor signal and stops reporting the detection result to the processing unit; an end submodule, which is used to determine that the static stage ends when the duration of the static stage reaches a first duration, and continue to perform multi-stage amplification based on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and determine that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, and generate a touch state signal
  • the device also includes a seventh detection module, which is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal in the static stage and does not receive the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit, and determine that the display screen receives a touch operation.
  • a seventh detection module which is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal in the static stage and does not receive the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit, and determine that the display screen receives a touch operation.
  • the device further comprises an eighth detection module, configured in the processing unit, for receiving the touch state When the display screen receives the touch operation, it is determined that the touch operation is not received by the display screen.
  • a touch detection device provided in one embodiment of the present application is included in an interactive tablet and can be used to execute the touch detection method when the touch state detection unit in the above embodiment generates a touch state signal, and has corresponding functions and beneficial effects.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a touch detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the touch detection device is applied to an interactive tablet, which includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit.
  • the optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver. Each light emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver.
  • the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, which includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor. The first sensor is arranged on the side of the display screen away from the user.
  • the touch detection device includes: a ninth detection module 404, a tenth detection module 405, and an eleventh detection module 406.
  • the ninth detection module 404 is configured in the optical detection unit, and is used to determine the occlusion data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and report the occlusion data signal to the processing unit;
  • the tenth detection module 405 is configured in the touch state detection unit, and is used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and send the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
  • the eleventh detection module 406 is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and generate a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the amplified signal, and determine that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • a touch detection device provided in one embodiment of the present application is included in an interactive tablet and can be used to execute the touch detection method when the processing unit generates a touch status signal in the above embodiment, and has corresponding functions and beneficial effects.
  • the modules included are only divided according to functional logic, but are not limited to the above-mentioned division, as long as the corresponding functions can be realized; in addition, the specific names of the functional modules are only for the convenience of distinguishing each other, and are not used to limit the scope of protection of this application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an interactive tablet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the interactive tablet includes a display 40, a processing unit 41, an optical detection unit 42, and a touch state detection unit 43.
  • the optical detection unit 42 includes a light emitter and a light receiver, and each light emitted by the light emitter covers the surface of the display screen 40 and is received by the light receiver.
  • the touch state detection unit 43 includes at least one first sensor, and the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and the first sensor is arranged on the side of the display screen 40 away from the user.
  • the optical detection unit 42 determines the shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
  • the touch state detection unit 43 performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and determines based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generates a touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit;
  • the processing unit 41 generates a touch state signal according to the shielding data signal
  • the signal generates an occlusion state signal, and determines that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  • the optical detection unit 42 determines the occlusion data signal based on the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the occlusion data signal to the processing unit;
  • the touch state detection unit 43 amplifies the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time in multiple stages, and sends the multiple-stage amplified signals to the processing unit;
  • the processing unit 41 generates an occlusion state signal based on the occlusion data signal, determines based on the amplified signal that a touch state signal is generated when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, and determines based on the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal that the display screen receives a touch operation.
  • the processing unit 41 may include a processor and a memory; the number of processors may be one or more, and the processor may include a central processing unit, and may also include a microprocessor unit with other functions.
  • the memory as a computer-readable storage medium, may be used to store software programs, computer executable programs and modules, such as the program instructions/modules corresponding to the processing unit when the interactive tablet executes the touch detection method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor executes various functional applications and data processing of the interactive tablet by running the software programs, instructions and modules stored in the memory.
  • the memory may mainly include a program storage area and a data storage area, wherein the program storage area may store an operating system and an application required for at least one function; the data storage area may store data created according to the use of the terminal device, etc.
  • the memory may include a high-speed random access memory and may also include a non-volatile memory.
  • the memory may further include a memory remotely arranged relative to the processor, and these remote memories may be connected to the interactive tablet via a network. Examples of the above-mentioned network include, but are not limited to, the Internet, an intranet, a local area network, a mobile communication network and a combination thereof.
  • the interactive tablet may also include an input device, which may be used to receive input digital or character signals and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the interactive tablet.
  • the input device may also be an audio acquisition device such as a microphone.
  • the interactive tablet may also include an output device, which may include an audio playback device such as a speaker.
  • the display screen displays according to the instructions of the processor.
  • the interactive tablet may also include a communication device to realize the communication function.
  • FIG. 10 only shows the data transmission relationship between the units, and does not show the relative position relationship between the units.
  • the above-mentioned interactive tablet includes a touch detection device, which can be used to execute the above-mentioned touch detection method and has corresponding functions and beneficial effects.
  • One embodiment of the present application further provides a storage medium containing computer executable instructions, which, when executed by a computer processor, are used to perform relevant operations in the touch detection method provided in any embodiment of the present application and have corresponding functions and beneficial effects.
  • the application can adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination with software and hardware.
  • the application can adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
  • the application is described with reference to the flowchart and/or block diagram of the method, device (system) and computer program product according to the embodiment of the application. It should be understood that each flow and/or box in the flow chart and/or block diagram and the combination of the flow chart and/or box in the flow chart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions.
  • These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device produce a device for realizing the function specified in one flow chart or multiple flows and/or one box or multiple boxes of a block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce a manufactured product including an instruction device that implements the functions specified in one or more processes of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device so that a series of operating steps are performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process, so that the instructions executed on the computer or other programmable device provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more processes of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.
  • a computing device includes one or more processors (CPU), input/output interfaces, network interfaces, and memory.
  • the memory may include non-permanent storage in a computer-readable medium, random access memory (RAM) and/or non-volatile memory in the form of read-only memory (ROM) or flash memory (flash RAM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • flash RAM flash memory
  • Computer readable media include permanent and non-permanent, removable and non-removable media that can be implemented by any method or technology to store signals. Signals can be computer readable instructions, data structures, modules of programs or other data. Examples of computer storage media include, but are not limited to, phase change memory (PRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), other types of random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), flash memory or other memory technology, compact disk read-only memory (CD-ROM), digital versatile disk (DVD) or other optical storage, magnetic cassettes, magnetic tape magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices or any other non-transmission media that can be used to store signals that can be accessed by a computing device. As defined herein, computer readable media does not include temporary computer readable media (transitory media), such as modulated data signals and carrier waves.
  • PRAM phase change memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • RAM random access memory

Abstract

A touch detection method and apparatus, an interaction tablet and a storage medium, capable of solving the technical problem in related technologies that false detection is prone to occurring in detection of a touch operation by using an optical detection method. Light emitted by a light emitter of an optical detection unit (12, 42) of the interactive tablet covers the surface of a display screen (1, 40) of the interactive tablet and is received by a light receiver of the optical detection unit (12, 42). A first sensor (131) of a touch state detection unit (13, 43) of the interactive tablet is arranged on the side of the display screen (1, 40) facing away from a user. The optical detection unit (12, 42) determines an occlusion data signal according to a light signal currently received and reports same to a processing unit (14, 41); the touch state detection unit (13, 43) performs multi-stage amplification on an original signal collected by the first sensor (131) in real time and when determining that the display screen (1, 40) receives a sensing signal, generates a touch state signal and reports same to the processing unit (14, 41); and the processing unit (14, 41) generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal and determines, according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal, that a touch operation is received.

Description

触摸检测方法、装置、交互平板及存储介质Touch detection method, device, interactive tablet and storage medium
本申请要求于2022年10月13日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211249600.2、发明名称为“触摸检测方法、装置、交互平板及存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on October 13, 2022, with application number 202211249600.2 and invention name “Touch detection method, device, interactive tablet and storage medium”, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical Field
本申请实施例涉及触控技术领域,尤其涉及一种触摸检测方法、装置、交互平板及存储介质。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of touch control technology, and in particular to a touch detection method, device, interactive tablet and storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
随着触控技术的发展,各类带有触控功能的电子设备出现在人们的日常生活中,如智能手机、平板电脑、交互平板等。使用电子设备时,用户通过触控技术对显示屏上的内容进行操控,以实现对电子设备的控制。此时,准确地检测出用户作用于显示屏上的触摸操作是实现触控技术的关键环节。With the development of touch technology, various electronic devices with touch functions have appeared in people's daily lives, such as smart phones, tablet computers, interactive tablets, etc. When using electronic devices, users use touch technology to manipulate the content on the display screen to control the electronic devices. At this time, accurately detecting the user's touch operation on the display screen is the key link in realizing touch technology.
光学检测方法是较为常用的触摸检测方法之一,光学检测方法的原理是:将光线组成的光网覆盖在显示屏的表面,当显示屏接收到触摸操作时,触摸物会遮挡显示屏表面的光线,此时,电子设备根据光线的遮挡情况便可检测到触摸操作并确定触摸操作的触摸位置,进而根据触摸位置进行响应。相关技术中,由于硬件条件的限制,使得光线无法完全贴合显示屏的表面,即显示屏表面覆盖的光线与显示屏的表面具有一定的距离,此时无论触摸物是否真实接触显示屏,只要遮挡了光线,便会被电子设备认为检测到触摸操作。这样,会出现误检测的情况,进而使得电子设备对误检测的触摸操作进行误响应。The optical detection method is one of the more commonly used touch detection methods. The principle of the optical detection method is: a light network composed of light is covered on the surface of the display screen. When the display screen receives a touch operation, the touch object will block the light on the surface of the display screen. At this time, the electronic device can detect the touch operation and determine the touch position of the touch operation according to the light blocking situation, and then respond according to the touch position. In the related art, due to the limitation of hardware conditions, the light cannot completely fit the surface of the display screen, that is, the light covered by the surface of the display screen has a certain distance from the surface of the display screen. At this time, no matter whether the touch object actually touches the display screen, as long as the light is blocked, the electronic device will think that the touch operation is detected. In this way, false detection will occur, and the electronic device will make a false response to the falsely detected touch operation.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种触摸检测方法、装置、交互平板及存储介质,以解决相关技术中利用光学检测方法检测触摸操作时易出现误检测的技术问题。The embodiments of the present application provide a touch detection method, device, interactive tablet and storage medium to solve the technical problem of false detection that is prone to occur when using optical detection methods to detect touch operations in related technologies.
第一方面,本申请一个实施例提供了一种触摸检测方法,应用于交互平板,所述交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学 传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a touch detection method, which is applied to an interactive tablet, wherein the interactive tablet includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor includes a mechanical A sensor or a vibration sensor, wherein the first sensor is arranged on a side of the display screen facing away from the user;
所述触摸检测方法包括:The touch detection method comprises:
所述光学检测单元根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡状态信号上报至所述处理单元;The optical detection unit determines a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding state signal to the processing unit;
所述触摸状态检测单元将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将所述触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;The touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and determines based on the multi-stage amplified signal that when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generates a touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit;
所述处理单元根据所述遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,并根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。The processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determines whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
第二方面,本申请一个实施例提供了一种触摸检测方法,应用于交互平板,所述交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a touch detection method, which is applied to an interactive tablet, wherein the interactive tablet includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers a surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and wherein the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and wherein the first sensor is disposed on a side of the display screen facing away from a user;
所述触摸检测方法包括:The touch detection method comprises:
所述光学检测单元根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;The optical detection unit determines a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
所述触摸状态检测单元将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并将多级的放大信号发送至所述处理单元;The touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and sends the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
所述处理单元根据所述遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,根据所述放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时生成触摸状态信号,根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。The processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives a sensing signal according to the amplified signal, and determines that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
第三方面,本申请一个实施例还提供了一种触摸检测装置,应用于交互平板,所述交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a touch detection device, which is applied to an interactive tablet, wherein the interactive tablet comprises a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit comprises a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, wherein the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and wherein the first sensor is disposed on a side of the display screen facing away from the user;
所述触摸检测装置包括:The touch detection device comprises:
第一检测模块,配置于所述光学检测单元,用于根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元; A first detection module, configured in the optical detection unit, for determining a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reporting the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
第二检测模块,配置于所述触摸状态检测单元,用于将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将所述触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;a second detection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and determining based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generating a touch state signal, and reporting the touch state signal to the processing unit;
第三检测模块,配置于所述处理单元,用于根据所述遮挡数据信号生成所述遮挡状态信号,并根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。A third detection module is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate the blocking state signal according to the blocking data signal, and determine whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the blocking state signal and the touch state signal.
第四方面,本申请一个实施例提供了一种触摸检测装置,应用于交互平板,所述交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a touch detection device, which is applied to an interactive tablet, wherein the interactive tablet includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers a surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and wherein the touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and wherein the first sensor is disposed on a side of the display screen facing away from a user;
所述触摸检测装置包括:The touch detection device comprises:
第九检测模块,配置于所述光学检测单元,用于根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;a ninth detection module, configured in the optical detection unit, for determining a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reporting the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
第十检测模块,配置于所述触摸状态检测单元,用于将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并将多级的放大信号发送至所述处理单元;a tenth detection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor, and sending the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
第十一检测模块,配置于所述处理单元,用于根据所述遮挡数据信号生成所述遮挡状态信号,根据所述放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时生成触摸状态信号,根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。An eleventh detection module is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate the occlusion status signal according to the occlusion data signal, determine according to the amplified signal that a touch status signal is generated when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, and determine that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion status signal and the touch status signal.
第五方面,本申请一个实施例还提供了一种交互平板,包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides an interactive tablet, comprising a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit comprises a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers a surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and wherein the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and wherein the first sensor is disposed on a side of the display screen facing away from a user;
所述光学检测单元用于根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;The optical detection unit is used to determine the shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and report the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
所述触摸状态检测单元用于将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将所述触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;The touch state detection unit is used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and to generate a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, and report the touch state signal to the processing unit;
所述处理单元用于根据所述遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,并根据所述触摸状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。 The processing unit is used to generate an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determine whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the touch state signal and the touch state signal.
第六方面,本申请一个实施例还提供了一种交互平板,包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides an interactive tablet, comprising a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit comprises a light emitter and a light receiver, wherein each light emitted by the light emitter covers a surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and the first sensor is disposed on a side of the display screen away from a user;
所述光学检测单元用于根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;The optical detection unit is used to determine the shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and report the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
所述触摸状态检测单元用于将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并将多级的放大信号发送至所述处理单元;The touch state detection unit is used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and send the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
所述处理单元用于根据所述遮挡数据信号生成所述遮挡状态信号,根据所述放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时生成触摸状态信号,根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。The processing unit is used to generate the occlusion status signal according to the occlusion data signal, determine according to the amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal and generate a touch status signal, and determine according to the occlusion status signal and the touch status signal that the display screen receives a touch operation.
第七方面,本申请一个实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的触摸检测方法或如第二方面所述的触摸检测方法。In the seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium having a computer program stored thereon, which, when executed by a processor, implements the touch detection method as described in the first aspect or the touch detection method as described in the second aspect.
本申请一个实施例中,通过光学检测单元检测覆盖在显示屏表面的光线的接收情况向处理单元上报遮挡数据信号,触摸状态检测单元对设置在显示屏背面的第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,向处理单元上报触摸状态信号,处理单元根据遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,并根据遮挡状态信号和触摸状态信号确定显示屏接收到触摸操作的技术手段,解决了相关技术中利用光学检测手段检测触摸操作时易出现误检测的技术问题。在光学检测的基础上,增加第一传感器,其中,第一传感器为设置在显示屏背离用户一面的力学传感器或振动传感器,以对触摸显示屏时产生的作用力或振动进行检测,克服了光线与显示屏表面存在一定距离而出现的误检测问题,提高了检测准确率。并且,通过对第一传感器采集的原始信号进行多级放大,可以保证触摸操作以不同力度及不同速度接触显示屏时所带来的信号变化能够被放大到合理的信噪比下,保证了触摸状态信号的准确度,进而进一步提高了检测准确率。In one embodiment of the present application, an optical detection unit detects the reception of light covering the surface of the display screen and reports an occlusion data signal to a processing unit. The touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor set on the back of the display screen, and determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, and reports a touch state signal to the processing unit. The processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determines that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal. The technical means solves the technical problem of easy misdetection when using optical detection means to detect touch operations in related technologies. On the basis of optical detection, a first sensor is added, wherein the first sensor is a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor set on the side of the display screen away from the user, so as to detect the force or vibration generated when the display screen is touched, overcomes the misdetection problem caused by a certain distance between the light and the surface of the display screen, and improves the detection accuracy. In addition, by multi-stage amplification of the original signal collected by the first sensor, it can be ensured that the signal changes caused by the touch operation contacting the display screen with different forces and different speeds can be amplified to a reasonable signal-to-noise ratio, ensuring the accuracy of the touch state signal, thereby further improving the detection accuracy.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为本申请一个实施例提供的一种触摸检测方法的流程图;FIG1 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请一个实施例提供的一种触摸检测方法的流程图; FIG2 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请一个实施例提供的一种显示屏正面示意图;FIG3 is a front view of a display screen provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请一个实施例提供的一种显示屏背面示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the back side of a display screen provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请一个实施例提供的一种书写轨迹示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a writing trajectory provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请一个实施例提供的一种书写轨迹示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a writing trajectory provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请一个实施例提供的一种触摸检测方法的流程图;FIG7 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请一个实施例提供的一种触摸检测装置的结构示意图;FIG8 is a schematic structural diagram of a touch detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请一个实施例提供的一种触摸检测装置的结构示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a touch detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请一个实施例提供的一种交互平板的结构示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an interactive tablet provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合附图和实施例对本申请作进一步的详细说明。可以理解的是,此处所描述的具体实施例用于解释本申请,而非对本申请的限定。另外还需要说明的是,为了便于描述,附图中仅示出了与本申请相关的部分而非全部结构。The present application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings and embodiments. It is to be understood that the specific embodiments described herein are used to explain the present application, rather than to limit the present application. It should also be noted that, for ease of description, only the parts related to the present application, rather than all structures, are shown in the accompanying drawings.
相关技术中,光学式触控检测系统是实现光学检测方法的主要硬件设备,光学式触控检测系统通常由显示屏、光学触控传感器和光学处理单元组成,其中,光学触控传感器由发射部分和接收部分组成,发射部分包含多个光线发射器,接收部分包含多个光线接收器,光学触控传感器安装在显示屏的边缘(如发射部分和接收部分对称设置在显示屏的两端,再如发射部分设置在显示屏的两个边缘且接收部分对称设置在显示屏的另外两个边缘),发射部分的各光线发射器按照设定的频率工作,即按照设定的频率发射多条光线,每条光线均可由对应的光线接收器接收,并且,发射及接收的所有光线所形成的光网覆盖在显示屏的表面,其中,显示屏的表面可理解为成像屏幕所在的表面,用户触摸显示屏实现交互时主要是触摸显示屏的表面。各光线发射器和各光线接收器配合工作后,利用光线完成对显示屏表面的扫描,以扫描接触显示屏的触摸物。可理解,光线发射器发射的光线类型当前不作限定,例如,光线发射器发射红外光线。In the related art, the optical touch detection system is the main hardware device for implementing the optical detection method. The optical touch detection system is usually composed of a display screen, an optical touch sensor and an optical processing unit, wherein the optical touch sensor is composed of a transmitting part and a receiving part, wherein the transmitting part includes a plurality of light transmitters, and the receiving part includes a plurality of light receivers. The optical touch sensor is installed at the edge of the display screen (such as the transmitting part and the receiving part are symmetrically arranged at the two ends of the display screen, and the transmitting part is arranged at the two edges of the display screen and the receiving part is symmetrically arranged at the other two edges of the display screen). Each light transmitter of the transmitting part works according to a set frequency, that is, a plurality of light rays are emitted according to the set frequency, and each light ray can be received by a corresponding light receiver, and the light network formed by all the emitted and received light rays covers the surface of the display screen, wherein the surface of the display screen can be understood as the surface where the imaging screen is located, and when the user touches the display screen to interact, it mainly touches the surface of the display screen. After each light transmitter and each light receiver work together, the surface of the display screen is scanned by light to scan the touch object contacting the display screen. It can be understood that the type of light emitted by the light transmitter is not currently limited, for example, the light transmitter emits infrared light.
光学处理单元用于分析光线的遮挡情况,光学处理单元可以设置在光学式触控检测系统所应用的电子设备的内部,光学处理单元可以是与光学触控传感器配套的微控制单元(Microcontroller Unit,MCU),如光学处理单元采用811系统级芯片(System on Chip,SOC)。光学处理单元分析光线遮挡情况时,主要通过分析光线的光能量实现。可理解,触摸物(用户执行触摸时使用的物体,如触摸笔(也可记为书写笔、触控笔、智能笔等)或用户的手指等)接触显示屏时,触摸物会遮挡覆盖在显示屏表面的多条光线,此时,由于光线被遮挡, 所以对应光线接收器接收的光线的光能量会发生变化,即光线被遮挡时对应光线接收器接收的光线的光能量小于未遮挡时光线接收器接收的光线的光能量。此时,光学处理单元根据光线的光能量变化情况便可分析出光线的遮挡情况,即确定被遮挡的光线有哪些,进而计算出触摸物的位置(一般通过二维坐标体现),还可以计算出触摸点(基于遮挡的光线确定的触摸区域)的宽、长和/或面积,此外,光线处理单元还可以确定触摸物被检测到的时间等内容,之后,光线处理单元形成触摸点数据(也可以记为触摸数据包,包括触摸物的位置、宽、长、面积和/或检测的时间等),并将触摸点数据上报至电子设备的处理器,以使处理器做进一步的响应,即实现触摸功能。The optical processing unit is used to analyze the light obstruction situation. The optical processing unit can be set inside the electronic device used in the optical touch detection system. The optical processing unit can be a microcontroller unit (MCU) that matches the optical touch sensor. For example, the optical processing unit adopts the 811 system on chip (SOC). When the optical processing unit analyzes the light obstruction situation, it is mainly achieved by analyzing the light energy of the light. It can be understood that when a touch object (an object used by the user to perform touch, such as a touch pen (also recorded as a writing pen, stylus, smart pen, etc.) or a user's finger, etc.) contacts the display screen, the touch object will block multiple light rays covering the surface of the display screen. At this time, since the light is blocked, Therefore, the light energy of the light received by the corresponding light receiver will change, that is, the light energy of the light received by the corresponding light receiver when the light is blocked is less than the light energy of the light received by the light receiver when it is not blocked. At this time, the optical processing unit can analyze the blocking of the light according to the change of the light energy of the light, that is, determine which light is blocked, and then calculate the position of the touch object (generally reflected by two-dimensional coordinates), and can also calculate the width, length and/or area of the touch point (the touch area determined based on the blocked light). In addition, the light processing unit can also determine the time when the touch object is detected, etc. After that, the light processing unit forms touch point data (which can also be recorded as a touch data packet, including the position, width, length, area and/or detection time of the touch object, etc.), and reports the touch point data to the processor of the electronic device so that the processor can make further responses, that is, realize the touch function.
需要说明的是,某些应用光学式触控检测系统的电子设备的处理器具备分析光线遮挡情况的能力,此时,光学处理单元可直接将光线触控传感器当前扫描得到的各光线对应的信号(体现光能量)发送至电子设备的处理器,由电子设备的处理器分析光线的遮挡情况,并计算触摸物的位置、被检测到的时间以及触摸点的宽、长和/或面积等内容,并生成触摸点数据,以做进一步的响应。一些情况下,电子设备的处理器承担光学处理单元的计算工作时,光学式触控检测系统也可以仅由显示屏和光学触控传感器组成。It should be noted that the processors of some electronic devices that use optical touch detection systems have the ability to analyze light obstruction. At this time, the optical processing unit can directly send the signals corresponding to each light currently scanned by the light touch sensor (reflecting light energy) to the processor of the electronic device, and the processor of the electronic device analyzes the light obstruction and calculates the position of the touch object, the time of detection, and the width, length and/or area of the touch point, and generates touch point data for further response. In some cases, when the processor of the electronic device takes on the calculation work of the optical processing unit, the optical touch detection system can also be composed of only a display screen and an optical touch sensor.
可选的,电子设备的处理器和光学处理单元之间设置有USB组件,如USB集线器(USB HUB)、USB切换开关、USB讯号中继器(Redriver)等,电子设备的处理器可作人机接口设备(Human Interface Device,HID),电子设备的处理器和光学处理单元通过USB组件通信,以在光学处理单元生成触摸点数据后,将触摸点数据通过USB组件传输至电子设备的处理器。Optionally, a USB component is provided between the processor of the electronic device and the optical processing unit, such as a USB hub (USB HUB), a USB switching switch, a USB signal repeater (Redriver), etc. The processor of the electronic device can be used as a human interface device (Human Interface Device, HID). The processor of the electronic device and the optical processing unit communicate through the USB component, so that after the optical processing unit generates touch point data, the touch point data is transmitted to the processor of the electronic device through the USB component.
可理解,光学触控传感器需要设置在显示屏边缘的前方,以使其形成的光网覆盖在显示屏的表面且在没有触摸时保证光线的传输无遮挡。具体来说,光学触控传感器通过滤光条(又称滤光片)进行滤光传输,滤光条通常是通过在原材料中添加染色剂后采用注塑或铸造工艺制成,滤光条可以透过当前使用的光线,同时过滤掉其他环境光,从而提高光线的信噪比。基于这种方式,使得光学触控传感器在显示屏表面上覆盖光线时,光线与显示屏的表面存在一定的距离,即光线触控传感器在显示屏表面的垂直方向上形成触控区域(即光网组成的区域),且触控区域与表面的距离一般大于2mm(毫米),因此,不可被忽略。此时,触摸物遮挡光线时,无论触摸物是否真实接触显示屏,光学式触控检测系统的光学处理单元均会因为光线的遮挡情况识别出触摸操作,进而使电子设备响应触摸操作。例如,将触控区域与显示屏表面在垂直方向上的距离记为H,书写场景下,一次书写过程中,触摸物先接触显示屏的表面再移动,书写完成后离开显示屏的表面,具体来说,开始书写时,触摸物接触显示屏 的过程中,先处于触控区域之上,即触摸物与显示屏表面的垂直距离大于H,这个过程中,光学处理单元不会检测到遮挡,因此,不会上报触摸点数据,之后,触摸物继续向显示屏移动时,会先遮挡光线,即触摸物与显示屏表面的垂直距离小于H但大于0,这个过程中,虽然触摸物未接触显示屏,但已经产生了遮挡,因此,光学处理单元会分析遮挡情况并上报触摸点数据,电子设备的处理器基于触摸点数据进行响应。遮挡光线后触摸物再接触显示屏,即触摸物与显示屏表面的垂直距离为0或小于0(小于0是指触摸物接触显示屏时产生的作用力使显示屏的表面发生内凹),这个过程中,光学处理单元仍会上报触摸点数据,电子设备的处理器基于触摸点数据进行响应。之后,触摸物在显示屏的表面移动,光学处理单元继续上报触摸点数据。书写完成时,触摸笔先离开显示屏的表面但仍会遮挡光线,即触摸物与显示屏表面的垂直距离小于H但大于0,这时,光学处理单元仍会上报触摸点数据,电子设备的处理器基于触摸点数据进行响应,之后,触摸物离开触控区域,即触摸物与显示屏表面的垂直距离大于H,这时,光学处理单元检测不到遮挡,因此,不会再上报触摸点数据。It can be understood that the optical touch sensor needs to be set in front of the edge of the display screen so that the light network it forms covers the surface of the display screen and ensures that the light transmission is unobstructed when there is no touch. Specifically, the optical touch sensor transmits light through a filter strip (also known as a filter), which is usually made by adding a dye to the raw material and then using an injection molding or casting process. The filter strip can pass the currently used light while filtering out other ambient light, thereby improving the signal-to-noise ratio of the light. Based on this method, when the optical touch sensor covers the light on the surface of the display screen, there is a certain distance between the light and the surface of the display screen, that is, the light touch sensor forms a touch area (that is, the area composed of the light network) in the vertical direction of the surface of the display screen, and the distance between the touch area and the surface is generally greater than 2mm (millimeter), so it cannot be ignored. At this time, when the touch object blocks the light, regardless of whether the touch object actually touches the display screen, the optical processing unit of the optical touch detection system will recognize the touch operation due to the light blocking situation, and then make the electronic device respond to the touch operation. For example, the vertical distance between the touch area and the display screen surface is recorded as H. In the writing scenario, during a writing process, the touch object first contacts the surface of the display screen and then moves away from the surface of the display screen after the writing is completed. Specifically, when writing starts, the touch object contacts the display screen. During the process, the object is first located above the touch area, that is, the vertical distance between the touch object and the surface of the display screen is greater than H. During this process, the optical processing unit will not detect the occlusion, and therefore, will not report the touch point data. Afterwards, when the touch object continues to move toward the display screen, it will first block the light, that is, the vertical distance between the touch object and the surface of the display screen is less than H but greater than 0. During this process, although the touch object has not touched the display screen, occlusion has occurred. Therefore, the optical processing unit will analyze the occlusion and report the touch point data, and the processor of the electronic device will respond based on the touch point data. After blocking the light, the touch object touches the display screen again, that is, the vertical distance between the touch object and the surface of the display screen is 0 or less than 0 (less than 0 means that the force generated when the touch object touches the display screen causes the surface of the display screen to be concave). During this process, the optical processing unit will still report the touch point data, and the processor of the electronic device will respond based on the touch point data. Afterwards, the touch object moves on the surface of the display screen, and the optical processing unit continues to report the touch point data. When writing is completed, the touch pen leaves the surface of the display screen first but still blocks the light, that is, the vertical distance between the touched object and the surface of the display screen is less than H but greater than 0. At this time, the optical processing unit will still report the touch point data, and the processor of the electronic device will respond based on the touch point data. Afterwards, the touch object leaves the touch area, that is, the vertical distance between the touch object and the surface of the display screen is greater than H. At this time, the optical processing unit cannot detect the obstruction, so it will no longer report the touch point data.
基于前述内容可知,光学式触控检测系统基于光线遮挡情况检测触摸操作时,易出现误检测的情况,尤其在触摸物接近显示屏和离开显示屏的过程中,误检测的情况比较明显,进而使得电子设备误响应。基于此,本申请实施例提供了一种触摸检测方法、装置、交互平板及存储介质,以结合光线遮挡情况以及触摸物与显示屏接触过程中显示屏接收触摸物产生的作用力的情况,综合判断出显示屏是否接收到触摸操作,有效避免了光学检测时易出现误检测的情况,提高了触摸操作的检测准确率。Based on the above content, it can be known that when the optical touch detection system detects touch operations based on light obstruction, it is easy to have false detection, especially when the touch object approaches and leaves the display screen, the false detection is more obvious, which causes the electronic device to respond incorrectly. Based on this, the embodiment of the present application provides a touch detection method, device, interactive tablet and storage medium, which comprehensively judges whether the display screen receives the touch operation based on the light obstruction and the force generated by the touch object when the touch object contacts the display screen, effectively avoiding the false detection that is easy to occur during optical detection and improving the detection accuracy of touch operations.
本申请一个实施例提供了一种触摸检测方法,该触摸检测方法可以由触摸检测设备执行,触摸检测设备可以通过软件和/或硬件的方式实现,该触摸检测设备可以是两个或多个物理实体构成,也可以是一个物理实体构成。触摸检测设备可以是交互平板、平板电脑、智能电视等具有触控功能的电子设备。An embodiment of the present application provides a touch detection method, which can be executed by a touch detection device, which can be implemented by software and/or hardware, and which can be composed of two or more physical entities or one physical entity. The touch detection device can be an electronic device with touch function, such as an interactive tablet, a tablet computer, a smart TV, etc.
一个实施例中,以触摸检测设备为交互平板,示例性描述触摸检测方法。其中,交互平板是通过触控技术对显示在显示平板上的内容进行操控和实现人机交互操作的一体化设备,其集成了投影机、电子白板、幕布、音响、电视机以及视频会议终端等一种或多种功能。In one embodiment, the touch detection method is described by taking the touch detection device as an interactive tablet. The interactive tablet is an integrated device that uses touch technology to control the content displayed on the display tablet and realize human-computer interaction, and it integrates one or more functions such as a projector, an electronic whiteboard, a screen, a sound system, a television, and a video conferencing terminal.
一个实施例中,交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在显示屏的表面并由光线接收器接收,触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,第一传感器设置在显示屏背离用户的一面。In one embodiment, the interactive tablet includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit and a touch state detection unit. The optical detection unit includes a light emitter and a light receiver. Each light beam emitted by the light emitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver. The touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor. The first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor. The first sensor is arranged on a side of the display screen facing away from the user.
示例性的,交互平板配置有至少一块显示屏。显示屏的尺寸当前不作限定,一般而言, 显示屏为大尺寸显示屏,其中,大尺寸显示屏是指大于设定尺寸(如设定尺寸为40寸或44寸等)的显示屏。该显示屏可以是液晶显示屏,也可以是其他类型的显示屏。Exemplarily, the interactive tablet is configured with at least one display screen. The size of the display screen is not currently limited. Generally speaking, The display screen is a large-size display screen, wherein the large-size display screen refers to a display screen that is larger than a set size (such as a set size of 40 inches or 44 inches, etc.). The display screen can be a liquid crystal display screen or other types of display screens.
交互平板可通过光学检测、电容检测、电磁检测和/或电阻检测的方式,检测作用于显示屏表面的触摸操作,一个实施例中,以交互平板采用光学检测为例进行描述。示例性的,光学检测单元是指实现光学检测所需的设备单元。光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,其中,光线发射器和光线接收器的安装位置可以参考已有光学检测方法中光线发射器和光线接收器的安装位置。光线发射器发射的光线类型当前不作限定,如发射红外类型的光线。光线发射器发射的光线由光线接收器接收,并且,各条光线形成的光网覆盖在显示屏的表面。需说明,有关光线发射器和光线接收器的相关描述可参考光学式触控检测系统中发射部分和接收部分的相关描述。The interactive tablet can detect touch operations acting on the surface of the display screen by optical detection, capacitive detection, electromagnetic detection and/or resistive detection. In one embodiment, the interactive tablet using optical detection is described as an example. Exemplarily, the optical detection unit refers to the device unit required to implement optical detection. The optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver, wherein the installation positions of the light transmitter and the light receiver can refer to the installation positions of the light transmitter and the light receiver in the existing optical detection method. The type of light emitted by the light transmitter is not currently limited, such as emitting infrared type light. The light emitted by the light transmitter is received by the light receiver, and the light network formed by each light beam covers the surface of the display screen. It should be noted that the relevant description of the light transmitter and the light receiver can refer to the relevant description of the transmitting part and the receiving part in the optical touch detection system.
触摸状态检测单元用于检测显示屏表面接收到的应力或者振动信号(也称声学信号),其中,应力可理解为触摸物触摸显示屏时所生成的应力(即作用力),可以通过力学传感器来检测,振动信号可理解为触摸物触摸显示屏时导致显示屏产生的振动信号(通过接触时产生的作用力实现振动),可以通过振动传感器来检测。触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器。第一传感器用于采集显示屏因触摸物接触所产生的形变所带来的信号,一个实施例中,第一传感器为力学传感器时,力学传感器采集显示屏表面应力对应的应力信号,可理解,由于触摸物触摸显示屏时生成的应力可以认为是对于显示屏表面的压力,因此,力学传感器也可理解为压力传感器。第一传感器为振动传感器时,振动传感器采集显示屏表面的振动信号。一个实施例中,第一传感器贴合在显示屏玻璃面板的背面,以保证准确采集到显示屏表面接收的应力或者显示屏在触摸物接触下所产生的振动信号。其中,玻璃面板是指显示屏中设置的一层玻璃,触摸物接触显示屏时,玻璃面板接收触摸物的接触所带来的压力(即产生应力)或者是基于触摸物的接触产生振动(幅度较小,不影响显示屏的成像)。背面是指显示屏成像时背离用户的一面,也可以认为是交互平板内部的平面。需说明,第一传感器的贴合方式以及贴合位置当前不作限定,一般而言,第一传感器的采集范围(可以是一个第一传感器或者是多个第一传感器)覆盖整个显示屏,以保证无论显示屏表面的哪个位置被触摸物所触摸,第一传感器采集到的信号均能体现当前触摸物的操作。可选的,第一传感器在交互平板运行过程中持续进行采集,即无论显示屏的表面是否有触摸物进行触摸操作,第一传感器均会采集信号,只不过当触摸物在显示屏的表面进行触摸操作时,第一传感器采集的信号包含与该触摸物的触摸操作有关的特征。一个实施例中,触摸状态检测单元还包括触摸检测处理子单元(也可记为信号处理单元),触摸检 测处理子单元用于对第一传感器采集的信号进行处理,以确定显示屏的表面是否接收到触摸物的触摸,并将是否接收到触摸的检测结果上报至交互平板的处理单元。其中,触摸检测处理子单元可以为芯片或处理器(如微处理单元)等,触摸检测处理子单元位于交互平板的内部且与交互平板的处理单元相连,需要说明,触摸检测处理子单元与交互平板的处理单元之间还可以设置有保证信号准确传输的组件。可理解,实际应用中,如果交互平板的处理单元具备分析第一传感器采集的信号以确定显示屏表面是否接收到触摸的能力时,无需设置触摸检测处理子单元,此时,第一传感器采集的信号直接发送至交互平板的处理单元。一个实施例中,触摸状态检测单元还可以包含其他内容,如包含多级放大电路,以对第一传感器所采集的信号进行放大,进而使触摸检测处理子单元处理特征更明显的信号。The touch state detection unit is used to detect the stress or vibration signal (also called acoustic signal) received on the surface of the display screen, wherein the stress can be understood as the stress (i.e., the force) generated when the touch object touches the display screen, which can be detected by a mechanical sensor, and the vibration signal can be understood as the vibration signal generated by the display screen when the touch object touches the display screen (vibration is achieved by the force generated during contact), which can be detected by a vibration sensor. The touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, and the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor. The first sensor is used to collect signals caused by the deformation of the display screen caused by the contact of the touch object. In one embodiment, when the first sensor is a mechanical sensor, the mechanical sensor collects stress signals corresponding to the stress on the surface of the display screen. It can be understood that since the stress generated when the touch object touches the display screen can be considered as pressure on the surface of the display screen, the mechanical sensor can also be understood as a pressure sensor. When the first sensor is a vibration sensor, the vibration sensor collects vibration signals on the surface of the display screen. In one embodiment, the first sensor is attached to the back of the glass panel of the display screen to ensure accurate collection of the stress received on the surface of the display screen or the vibration signal generated by the display screen when the touch object touches the display screen. Among them, the glass panel refers to a layer of glass provided in the display screen. When a touch object contacts the display screen, the glass panel receives the pressure (i.e. generates stress) caused by the contact of the touch object or generates vibration (with a small amplitude and does not affect the imaging of the display screen) based on the contact of the touch object. The back side refers to the side of the display screen that is away from the user when imaging, and can also be considered as the plane inside the interactive tablet. It should be noted that the bonding method and bonding position of the first sensor are not currently limited. Generally speaking, the acquisition range of the first sensor (which can be one first sensor or multiple first sensors) covers the entire display screen to ensure that no matter where on the surface of the display screen is touched by the touch object, the signal collected by the first sensor can reflect the operation of the current touch object. Optionally, the first sensor continues to collect data during the operation of the interactive tablet, that is, no matter whether there is a touch object on the surface of the display screen for touch operation, the first sensor will collect signals, but when the touch object is touching the surface of the display screen, the signal collected by the first sensor contains features related to the touch operation of the touch object. In one embodiment, the touch state detection unit also includes a touch detection processing subunit (also referred to as a signal processing unit), and the touch detection The touch detection processing subunit is used to process the signal collected by the first sensor to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the touch of the touch object, and report the detection result of whether the touch is received to the processing unit of the interactive tablet. Among them, the touch detection processing subunit can be a chip or a processor (such as a microprocessor unit), etc. The touch detection processing subunit is located inside the interactive tablet and is connected to the processing unit of the interactive tablet. It should be noted that a component that ensures accurate signal transmission can also be provided between the touch detection processing subunit and the processing unit of the interactive tablet. It can be understood that in actual applications, if the processing unit of the interactive tablet has the ability to analyze the signal collected by the first sensor to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the touch, there is no need to set the touch detection processing subunit. At this time, the signal collected by the first sensor is directly sent to the processing unit of the interactive tablet. In one embodiment, the touch state detection unit can also include other contents, such as a multi-stage amplification circuit to amplify the signal collected by the first sensor, so that the touch detection processing subunit processes a signal with more obvious characteristics.
处理单元可以由一个或多个处理器组成,一个实施例中,处理单元至少包括交互平板的中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),还可包括交互平板的存储器,存储器中存储计算机程序,中央处理器通过调用存储器存储的计算机程序可以实现交互平板的各功能。可理解,处理单元与光学检测单元及触摸状态检测单元之间传输信号所使用的线路为交互平板内部线路,当前不另做说明。中央处理器中安装有至少一类操作系统,操作系统可以是Android系统、Windows系统或Linux系统等。交互平板在操作系统下安装至少一个应用程序。其中,应用程序可以是操作系统自带的应用程序,也安装是从第三方设备或者服务器中下载的应用程序,当前不作限定,例如,交互平板安装有用于书写的应用程序,该应用程序运行时可以对触摸操作进行响应,即根据触摸操作绘制对应的书写轨迹。可选的,交互平板还配置有通信单元,交互平板通过通信单元实现通信功能,例如,交互平板通过通信单元与服务器进行数据通信。此外,交互平板还可以配置音箱、麦克风等硬件设备。The processing unit may be composed of one or more processors. In one embodiment, the processing unit includes at least a central processing unit (CPU) of the interactive tablet, and may also include a memory of the interactive tablet. The memory stores computer programs. The central processing unit can realize various functions of the interactive tablet by calling the computer programs stored in the memory. It can be understood that the lines used for transmitting signals between the processing unit and the optical detection unit and the touch state detection unit are internal lines of the interactive tablet, which are not explained separately at present. At least one type of operating system is installed in the central processing unit, and the operating system can be an Android system, a Windows system, or a Linux system. The interactive tablet installs at least one application under the operating system. Among them, the application can be an application that comes with the operating system, and an application downloaded from a third-party device or a server is also installed. There is no limitation at present. For example, the interactive tablet is installed with an application for writing, and the application can respond to touch operations when running, that is, draw corresponding writing tracks according to the touch operations. Optionally, the interactive tablet is also equipped with a communication unit, and the interactive tablet realizes the communication function through the communication unit. For example, the interactive tablet communicates data with the server through the communication unit. In addition, the interactive tablet can also be equipped with hardware devices such as speakers and microphones.
可选的,光学检测单元还可以包括光学处理子单元,光学处理子单元可以根据光线接收器接收的光线信号分析出光线的遮挡情况,并生成触摸点数据上报至处理单元,以使处理单元进行响应。还可选的,处理单元具备分析光线遮挡情况的能力时,光学处理子单元可以仅确定被遮挡的光线,并通知处理单元当前被遮挡的光线,之后,由处理单元生成触摸点数据,或者是,光学处理子单元直接将光线接收器接收的光线信号发送至处理单元,由处理单元分析遮挡情况并生成触摸点数据。Optionally, the optical detection unit may further include an optical processing subunit, which may analyze the light blocking condition based on the light signal received by the light receiver, and generate touch point data to report to the processing unit so that the processing unit responds. Optionally, when the processing unit has the ability to analyze the light blocking condition, the optical processing subunit may only determine the blocked light and notify the processing unit of the currently blocked light, after which the processing unit generates the touch point data, or the optical processing subunit directly sends the light signal received by the light receiver to the processing unit, which analyzes the blocking condition and generates the touch point data.
处理单元还可根据基于光学检测单元得到的光线遮挡检测结果和基于触摸状态检测单元得到的触摸物触摸检测结果确定显示屏当前是否接收到触摸操作。The processing unit may also determine whether the display screen currently receives a touch operation based on the light shielding detection result obtained by the optical detection unit and the touch object touch detection result obtained by the touch state detection unit.
此时,图1为本申请一个实施例提供的一种触摸检测方法的流程图。参考图1,交互平板执行触摸检测方法时包括如下步骤: At this time, Figure 1 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to Figure 1, the interactive tablet performs the touch detection method including the following steps:
步骤110、光学检测单元检测根据光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将遮挡数据信号上报至处理单元。执行步骤130。Step 110 : The optical detection unit detects the light signal received by the light receiver to determine the shielding data signal and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit. Then, step 130 is executed.
示例性的,光线发射器和光线接收器配合形成的光网中,每条光线均有对应的编号。交互平板运行过程中,光线接收器和光线发射器持续配合以持续对显示屏的表面进行扫描,此时,光学检测单元的光学处理子单元持续获取光线接收器接收的各条光线信号并且可以确定各条光线信号对应的编号,之后,根据各光线信号确定是否有被遮挡的光线,若有被遮挡的光线,则确定被遮挡的光线的编号以及被遮挡的光线所对应的扫描时间。之后,将被遮挡的光线的编号和对应的扫描时间作为遮挡数据信号发送给处理单元,可选的,还可以将被遮挡光线的光能量发送至处理单元。这种情况下,光学检测单元只有检测到被遮挡的光线时,才会向处理单元发送遮挡数据信号。其中,遮挡的确定方式可以是:光学处理子单元计算光线接收器接收的各条光线信号的光能量,之后,根据每条光线信号当前的光能量和未有遮挡时的光能量确定光线是否被遮挡。可理解,光线被遮挡时,光线信号的光能量被削弱的比较明显,因此,预先设置一个光能量削弱量(具体值可以根据实际需求设置),光学处理子单元确定接收的光线信号的光能量后,计算未遮挡时的光能量与当前接收的光能量的差值,该差值可体现光能量的变化情况,之后,将该差值与预设的光能量削弱量进行比较,若该差值大于或等于光能量削弱量,则确定该差值对应的光线被遮挡。按照这种方式便可找到全部被遮挡的光线。Exemplarily, in the optical network formed by the cooperation of the light transmitter and the light receiver, each light has a corresponding number. During the operation of the interactive flat panel, the light receiver and the light transmitter continue to cooperate to continuously scan the surface of the display screen. At this time, the optical processing subunit of the optical detection unit continuously obtains each light signal received by the light receiver and can determine the number corresponding to each light signal. Afterwards, it is determined whether there is a blocked light according to each light signal. If there is a blocked light, the number of the blocked light and the scanning time corresponding to the blocked light are determined. Afterwards, the number of the blocked light and the corresponding scanning time are sent to the processing unit as a blocking data signal. Optionally, the light energy of the blocked light can also be sent to the processing unit. In this case, the optical detection unit will send the blocking data signal to the processing unit only when the blocked light is detected. Among them, the blocking determination method can be: the optical processing subunit calculates the light energy of each light signal received by the light receiver, and then determines whether the light is blocked according to the current light energy of each light signal and the light energy when there is no blocking. It can be understood that when light is blocked, the light energy of the light signal is significantly weakened. Therefore, a light energy weakening amount is preset (the specific value can be set according to actual needs). After the optical processing subunit determines the light energy of the received light signal, it calculates the difference between the light energy when it is not blocked and the light energy currently received. The difference can reflect the change of light energy. After that, the difference is compared with the preset light energy weakening amount. If the difference is greater than or equal to the light energy weakening amount, it is determined that the light corresponding to the difference is blocked. In this way, all blocked light can be found.
或者是,光线处理子单元持续获取各光线接收器接收的各条光线信号,并直接将光线信号作为遮挡数据信号发送至处理单元,或者是,光线处理子单元持续获取各光线接收器接收的各条光线信号,并计算各条光线信号的光能量,之后,将各条光线信号的编号和光能量作为遮挡数据信号发送至处理单元,这种情况下,无论是否存在遮挡,光学检测单元均向处理单元发送遮挡数据信号,以使处理单元基于遮挡数据信号确定是否存在遮挡。Alternatively, the light processing subunit continuously acquires each light signal received by each light receiver, and directly sends the light signal as an occlusion data signal to the processing unit. Alternatively, the light processing subunit continuously acquires each light signal received by each light receiver, and calculates the light energy of each light signal, and then sends the number and light energy of each light signal as an occlusion data signal to the processing unit. In this case, regardless of whether there is occlusion, the optical detection unit sends the occlusion data signal to the processing unit, so that the processing unit determines whether there is occlusion based on the occlusion data signal.
需要说明,结合上述内容,可知本步骤中使用的遮挡数据信号基于接收的光线信号生成并且供处理单元进行处理,如供处理单元确定触摸点数据、遮挡光线的数量、遮挡状态信号等。可理解,实际应用中,除了处理单元确定与遮挡有关的相关参数外,光学处理子单元也可以基于遮挡数据信号确定与遮挡有关的相关参数,并上报至处理单元,此时,光学处理子单元不再向处理单元上报遮挡数据信号。It should be noted that, in combination with the above content, it can be known that the occlusion data signal used in this step is generated based on the received light signal and is provided to the processing unit for processing, such as for the processing unit to determine the touch point data, the number of blocked light rays, the occlusion status signal, etc. It can be understood that in actual applications, in addition to the processing unit determining the relevant parameters related to the occlusion, the optical processing subunit can also determine the relevant parameters related to the occlusion based on the occlusion data signal and report it to the processing unit. At this time, the optical processing subunit no longer reports the occlusion data signal to the processing unit.
步骤120、触摸状态检测单元将第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将触摸状态信号上报至处理单元。执行步骤130。 Step 120: The touch state detection unit amplifies the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time in multiple stages, and generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit. Execute step 130.
示例性的,触摸状态检测单元工作过程中,第一传感器持续采集信号,当前将第一传感器实时采集的信号记为原始信号,其中,原始信号为模拟信号。之后,触摸状态检测单元对原始信号进行分析处理,以确定显示屏的表面是否接收到应力或是否基于触摸产生振动,当前,将表示应力的信号或与振动有关的信号记为传感信号,即显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,认为存在触摸物接触显示屏。可理解,触摸物接触显示屏的表面时,第一传感器所采集的原始信号明显变化于触摸物未接触显示屏时第一传感器所采集的原始信号,该变化部分便可认为是传感信号对应的部分。比如,第一传感器为力学传感器时,触摸物接触显示屏的表面时,由于接触时产生的应力,会使得玻璃面板接收的压力发生变化,力学传感器采集的原始信号也发生变化(与触摸物未接触显示屏表面相比)。Exemplarily, during the operation of the touch state detection unit, the first sensor continuously collects signals, and the signals collected by the first sensor in real time are currently recorded as raw signals, wherein the raw signals are analog signals. Afterwards, the touch state detection unit analyzes and processes the raw signals to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives stress or whether vibration is generated based on touch. Currently, the signals representing stress or signals related to vibration are recorded as sensing signals, that is, when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, it is considered that there is a touch object contacting the display screen. It can be understood that when the touch object contacts the surface of the display screen, the raw signal collected by the first sensor is significantly changed from the raw signal collected by the first sensor when the touch object does not contact the display screen, and the changed part can be considered as the part corresponding to the sensing signal. For example, when the first sensor is a mechanical sensor, when the touch object contacts the surface of the display screen, due to the stress generated during contact, the pressure received by the glass panel will change, and the raw signal collected by the mechanical sensor will also change (compared with the touch object not contacting the surface of the display screen).
示例性的,触摸状态检测单元基于原始信号确定显示屏的表面是否接收到传感信号时,先对原始信号进行放大,以使原始信号中与传感信号有关的特征增加明显。一个实施例中,不同触摸物接触显示屏时,触摸的速度以及力度会有不同,因此,原始信号中与传感信号有关的特征会有不同的变化,为了准确的检测出传感信号,触摸状态检测单元对原始信号进行多级放大,并将放大后的信号记为放大信号。其中,多级放大不是对输入进行简单的倍数放大,而是将指定频率区间(可结合实际情况设置)内的信号进行放大,区间外的信号不做放大或者是放大规模小,这样做的目的是,将信号可能存在的目标区间内信号放大,区间外的信号当成是噪声不做放大处理从而达到抑制噪声的目的。多级放大后,可以得到原始信号在不同放大倍数下的放大信号。可选的,触摸状态检测单元中预先设置有多个放大级数,每个放大级数均存在对应的放大信号,不同的放大倍数可通过调节各放大级数的放大比例来实现。可选的,各放大级数的放大比例被预先设置,且在触摸状态检测单元的工作过程中不会被改变。Exemplarily, when the touch state detection unit determines whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal based on the original signal, the original signal is first amplified to make the features related to the sensor signal in the original signal increase significantly. In one embodiment, when different touch objects contact the display screen, the touch speed and strength will be different. Therefore, the features related to the sensor signal in the original signal will have different changes. In order to accurately detect the sensor signal, the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal and records the amplified signal as the amplified signal. Among them, the multi-stage amplification is not a simple multiple amplification of the input, but amplifies the signal within the specified frequency range (which can be set in combination with actual conditions), and the signal outside the range is not amplified or the amplification scale is small. The purpose of this is to amplify the signal within the target range where the signal may exist, and the signal outside the range is regarded as noise and is not amplified, so as to achieve the purpose of suppressing noise. After multi-stage amplification, the amplified signal of the original signal at different amplification factors can be obtained. Optionally, the touch state detection unit is pre-set with multiple amplification levels, each amplification level has a corresponding amplification signal, and different amplification factors can be achieved by adjusting the amplification ratio of each amplification level. Optionally, the amplification ratio of each amplification level is preset and will not be changed during the operation of the touch state detection unit.
示例性的,触摸状态检测单元包含多级放大电路,由多级放大电路对第一传感器采集的原始信号进行多级放大得到多级的放大信号,之后,触摸检测处理子单元接收多级的放大信号,并基于多级的放大信号确定显示屏的表面是否接收到传感信号。多级放大电路可以根据实际需求设计,例如,多级放大电路采用对数放大器,以提高放大时的检测灵敏度,放大级数为1-3级时,多级放大电路包括三个对数放大器,原始信号经过第一个对数放大器后,得到第一级的放大信号,第一级的放大信号分别被发送至第二个对数放大器以及触摸检测处理子单元,第二个对数放大器处理后得到第二级的放大信号,第二级的放大信号分别被发送至第三个对数放大器以及触摸检测处理子单元,第三个对数放大器处理后得到第三级的放大信号,第三级的放大信号被发送至触摸检测处理子单元。此时,触摸检测处理子单元接收多级 放大电路输出的三级放大信号。Exemplarily, the touch state detection unit includes a multi-stage amplification circuit, which performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor to obtain a multi-stage amplified signal. After that, the touch detection processing subunit receives the multi-stage amplified signal and determines whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal. The multi-stage amplification circuit can be designed according to actual needs. For example, the multi-stage amplification circuit uses a logarithmic amplifier to improve the detection sensitivity during amplification. When the number of amplification levels is 1-3, the multi-stage amplification circuit includes three logarithmic amplifiers. After the original signal passes through the first logarithmic amplifier, the amplified signal of the first stage is obtained. The amplified signal of the first stage is sent to the second logarithmic amplifier and the touch detection processing subunit respectively. After the second logarithmic amplifier processes, the amplified signal of the second stage is obtained. The amplified signal of the second stage is sent to the third logarithmic amplifier and the touch detection processing subunit respectively. After the third logarithmic amplifier processes, the amplified signal of the third stage is obtained. The amplified signal of the third stage is sent to the touch detection processing subunit. At this time, the touch detection processing subunit receives the multi-stage The three-stage amplified signal output by the amplifier circuit.
由于放大信号中传感信号有关的特征也被放大,所以触摸状态检测单元基于多级的放大信号,识别与传感信号有关的特征后,便可确定显示屏的表面是否接收到传感信号。例如,触摸物接触显示屏表面时,由于产生应力或振动,因此,第一传感器采集的原始信号的能量大于触摸物未接触显示屏表面时第一传感器采集的原始信号的能量,因此,能量值可以认为是与传感信号有关的特征。此外,还可以设置其他的特征,触摸状态检测单元综合多个特征判断显示屏的表面是否接收传感信号。Since the features related to the sensing signal in the amplified signal are also amplified, the touch state detection unit can determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal after identifying the features related to the sensing signal based on the multi-level amplified signal. For example, when the touch object contacts the surface of the display screen, due to the stress or vibration generated, the energy of the original signal collected by the first sensor is greater than the energy of the original signal collected by the first sensor when the touch object does not contact the surface of the display screen. Therefore, the energy value can be considered as a feature related to the sensing signal. In addition, other features can be set, and the touch state detection unit combines multiple features to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal.
当确定接收到传感信号时,触摸状态检测单元生成触摸状态信号,并将触摸状态信号上报至处理单元,以使处理单元确定触摸状态检测单元检测到显示屏的表面接触有触摸物。其中,触摸状态信号用于表示当前检测到显示屏的表面接收到应力或产生了振动,即触摸状态检测单元认为有触摸物接触显示屏表面。可理解,触摸状态检测单元基于多级的放大信号得到的检测结果包括两种情况:一种是显示屏表面接收到应力或产生了振动,对应检测结果是生成触摸状态信号,此时,触摸状态信号可用down表示,一种是显示屏表面未接收到应力或未产生振动,触摸状态检测单元可以生成非触摸状态信号,以表示当前未检测到显示屏的表面接收到应力或产生了振动(第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,因此,接收应力和产生振动不会同时出现),即触摸状态检测单元认为未有触摸物接触显示屏表面,此时,非触摸状态信号可用up表示。以书写场景为例,触摸物在显示屏表面书写时,触摸状态检测单元基于实时的多级放大信号确定接收到传感信号时,持续生成down,并上报至处理单元。这时,无论是触摸物刚落下(也可称为落笔)与显示屏表面接触还是触摸物已经接触显示屏表面且在表面进行移动,触摸状态检测单元均会生成down并上报至处理单元。可选的,触摸状态检测单元确定当前显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号,不向处理单元上报对应的up,或者是,触摸状态检测单元确定显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号时,向处理单元上报对应的up,以使处理单元确定触摸状态检测单位未检测出显示屏表面接收到应力或未产生振动。When it is determined that the sensing signal is received, the touch state detection unit generates a touch state signal and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit, so that the processing unit determines that the touch state detection unit detects that the surface of the display screen is in contact with a touch object. Among them, the touch state signal is used to indicate that the surface of the display screen is currently detected to receive stress or generate vibration, that is, the touch state detection unit believes that a touch object is in contact with the surface of the display screen. It can be understood that the detection result obtained by the touch state detection unit based on the multi-level amplification signal includes two situations: one is that the surface of the display screen receives stress or generates vibration, and the corresponding detection result is to generate a touch state signal. At this time, the touch state signal can be represented by down; the other is that the surface of the display screen does not receive stress or generate vibration, and the touch state detection unit can generate a non-touch state signal to indicate that the surface of the display screen is not currently detected to receive stress or generate vibration (the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, so receiving stress and generating vibration will not occur at the same time), that is, the touch state detection unit believes that there is no touch object in contact with the surface of the display screen, and at this time, the non-touch state signal can be represented by up. Taking the writing scene as an example, when the touch object writes on the surface of the display screen, the touch state detection unit determines that the sensing signal is received based on the real-time multi-level amplification signal, and continuously generates down and reports it to the processing unit. At this time, whether the touch object has just fallen (also called pen drop) and contacted the display screen surface or the touch object has already contacted the display screen surface and is moving on the surface, the touch state detection unit will generate down and report it to the processing unit. Optionally, the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the current display screen has not received the sensing signal and does not report the corresponding up to the processing unit, or when the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen has not received the sensing signal, it reports the corresponding up to the processing unit, so that the processing unit determines that the touch state detection unit has not detected that the display screen surface has received stress or has not generated vibration.
一个实施例中,触摸状态检测单元对原始信号进行多级放大,可以在多级的放大信号中选择一级合适的放大信号,并基于所选择的放大信号确定显示屏的表面是否接收到传感信号。此时,触摸状态检测单元将第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,可包括步骤121-步骤123:In one embodiment, the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal, and can select a suitable amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signal, and determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the selected amplified signal. At this time, the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, which may include steps 121-123:
步骤121、触摸状态检测单元对第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,得到多级的放大信号。 Step 121: The touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor to obtain multi-stage amplified signals.
放大信号仍为模拟信号。The amplified signal is still an analog signal.
步骤122、触摸状态检测单元在多级放大信号中选择一级放大信号。Step 122: The touch state detection unit selects a first-stage amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signals.
示例性的,触摸状态检测单元在多级放大信号中,选择一级放大信号,所选择的放大信号可以认为是有效的放大信号,有效的放大信号是指原始信号被合理放大且与传感信号有关的细节基本被保留。选择过程,可以由触摸状态检测单元的触摸检测处理子单元实现。Exemplarily, the touch state detection unit selects a first-stage amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signal, and the selected amplified signal can be considered as an effective amplified signal, and an effective amplified signal means that the original signal is reasonably amplified and the details related to the sensing signal are basically retained. The selection process can be implemented by the touch detection processing subunit of the touch state detection unit.
一个实施例中,触摸状态检测单元先将多级放大信号转换成数字信号,并通过数字信号的溢出率选择一级放大信号。其中,溢出是指模拟信号转换成数字信号时,数字信号的幅值大于量化上限(即upper)或小于量化下限(即lower),举例而言,利用10位的adc(即模数转换器)进行模数转换时,量化上限为1023,量化下限为0,模数转换时,某个信号点的幅值大于1023时,只能用1023表示,某个信号点的幅值小于0时,只能用0表示,这种现象就是溢出,即由于adc的量化位数限制,会出现溢出现象。溢出时,由于幅值只能用对应的量化上限或量化下限表示,所以,会丢失放大信号中的部分细节,因此,需要结合各级放大信号的溢出情况选择合理的一级放大信号。其中,溢出情况可用溢出率体现,溢出率可以反映转换成数字信号时的完整程度,每级放大信号均有对应的溢出率。溢出率越高,说明放大信号转换成数字信号时,丢失的细节越多。溢出率越低,说明放大信号转换成数字信号时丢失的细节越少。可理解,对原始信号放大不足是溢出率低的一种原因,这种情况下,虽然放大信号转换成数字信号时丢失的细节较少,但是,放大信号中与传感信号有关的特征也不会被明显的放大。因此,触摸状态检测单元可以结合各级放大信号的溢出率,选择合理的溢出率所对应的放大信号。该溢出率下的放大信号既能保证丢失的细节不影响信号准确度,也能保证与传感信号有关的特征被明显的放大。In one embodiment, the touch state detection unit first converts the multi-stage amplified signal into a digital signal, and selects a first-stage amplified signal according to the overflow rate of the digital signal. Wherein, overflow means that when the analog signal is converted into a digital signal, the amplitude of the digital signal is greater than the quantization upper limit (i.e., upper) or less than the quantization lower limit (i.e., lower). For example, when a 10-bit ADC (i.e., analog-to-digital converter) is used for analog-to-digital conversion, the quantization upper limit is 1023 and the quantization lower limit is 0. During analog-to-digital conversion, when the amplitude of a certain signal point is greater than 1023, it can only be represented by 1023, and when the amplitude of a certain signal point is less than 0, it can only be represented by 0. This phenomenon is overflow, that is, overflow occurs due to the limit of the quantization bit number of the ADC. When overflowing, since the amplitude can only be represented by the corresponding quantization upper limit or quantization lower limit, some details in the amplified signal will be lost. Therefore, it is necessary to select a reasonable first-stage amplified signal in combination with the overflow of each stage of the amplified signal. Wherein, the overflow situation can be reflected by the overflow rate, and the overflow rate can reflect the completeness when converted into a digital signal. Each stage of the amplified signal has a corresponding overflow rate. The higher the overflow rate, the more details are lost when the amplified signal is converted into a digital signal. The lower the overflow rate, the less details are lost when the amplified signal is converted into a digital signal. It is understandable that insufficient amplification of the original signal is one reason for the low overflow rate. In this case, although fewer details are lost when the amplified signal is converted into a digital signal, the features related to the sensing signal in the amplified signal will not be significantly amplified. Therefore, the touch state detection unit can combine the overflow rates of the amplified signals at each level and select the amplified signal corresponding to a reasonable overflow rate. The amplified signal under this overflow rate can ensure that the lost details do not affect the signal accuracy, and can also ensure that the features related to the sensing signal are significantly amplified.
一个实施例中,触摸状态检测单元可以先在多级的放大信号中选择至少两个放大信号,之后,在至少两个放大信号中选择一级放大信号。其中,至少两个放大信号的放大级数连续,需说明,放大级数连续并非指放大级数对应的数值连续,而是所选择的至少两个放大信号的放大级数在多级放大电路中是前后相连的。所选择的放大级数的具体值可以根据实际情况预先设置,例如,当前设置选择的放大级数为1-3级,此时,触摸状态检测单元选择1级、2级和3级对应的放大信号,并在其中选择某一级放大信号用于检测显示屏表面是否接收到传感信号。可选的,若基于所选择的放大信号无法有效判断出显示屏表面是否接收到传感信号,则触摸状态检测单元可以重新选择放大级数不同的至少两个放大信号(如选择4-6级的放大信号),并继续在其中选择某一级放大信号用于检测显示屏表面是否接收到传感信号。In one embodiment, the touch state detection unit may first select at least two amplified signals from the multi-level amplified signals, and then select a first-level amplified signal from the at least two amplified signals. Wherein, the amplification levels of the at least two amplified signals are continuous. It should be noted that the continuous amplification levels do not mean that the values corresponding to the amplification levels are continuous, but that the amplification levels of the at least two selected amplified signals are connected front and back in the multi-level amplification circuit. The specific value of the selected amplification level can be preset according to actual conditions. For example, the amplification level currently selected is 1-3 levels. At this time, the touch state detection unit selects amplified signals corresponding to levels 1, 2 and 3, and selects a certain level of amplified signals from them to detect whether the display screen surface receives the sensor signal. Optionally, if it is not possible to effectively determine whether the display screen surface receives the sensor signal based on the selected amplified signal, the touch state detection unit can reselect at least two amplified signals with different amplification levels (such as selecting amplified signals of levels 4-6), and continue to select a certain level of amplified signals from them to detect whether the display screen surface receives the sensor signal.
一个实施例中,使用溢出率选择放大信号时,步骤122包括步骤1221-步骤步骤1222: In one embodiment, when the overflow rate is used to select the amplified signal, step 122 includes steps 1221 to 1222:
步骤1221、触摸状态检测单元确定每级放大信号的溢出率。Step 1221: The touch state detection unit determines the overflow rate of each stage of amplified signal.
示例性的,触摸状态检测单元对放大信号进行模数转换时,将得到的数字信号记为数字化放大信号,可理解,每一级放大信号均有对应的数字化放大信号。之后,触摸状态检测单元根据数字化放大信号中包含的信号点的总数量以及溢出的信号点的总数量确定溢出率。此时,步骤1221可包括步骤12211-步骤12213:Exemplarily, when the touch state detection unit performs analog-to-digital conversion on the amplified signal, the obtained digital signal is recorded as a digitized amplified signal. It can be understood that each level of amplified signal has a corresponding digitized amplified signal. Afterwards, the touch state detection unit determines the overflow rate according to the total number of signal points contained in the digitized amplified signal and the total number of overflowed signal points. At this time, step 1221 may include steps 12211-12213:
步骤12211、触摸状态检测单元分别对每级放大信号进行模数转换,得到每级放大信号对应的数字化放大信号。Step 12211: The touch state detection unit performs analog-to-digital conversion on each stage of the amplified signal to obtain a digitized amplified signal corresponding to each stage of the amplified signal.
一个实施例中,使用模数转换器将模拟的放大信号转换为可处理的数字化放大信号。模数转换器的型号以及设置的量化位数当前不作限定。此时,触摸状态检测单元可以包括模数转换器,或者是,触摸状态检测单元将放大信号发送至模数转换器,并接收模数转换器反馈的数字化放大信号。In one embodiment, an analog-to-digital converter is used to convert the analog amplified signal into a processable digital amplified signal. The model of the analog-to-digital converter and the number of quantization bits set are not currently limited. At this time, the touch state detection unit may include an analog-to-digital converter, or the touch state detection unit may send the amplified signal to the analog-to-digital converter and receive the digital amplified signal fed back by the analog-to-digital converter.
步骤12212、触摸状态检测单元统计每级数字化放大信号中信号值达到量化阈值的信号点数量。Step 12212: The touch state detection unit counts the number of signal points whose signal values reach the quantization threshold in each stage of the digital amplified signal.
示例性的,量化阈值是指量化上限和量化下限,达到量化阈值可包括大于或等于量化上限以及小于或等于量化下限。信号值是指模数转换时信号点的幅值。Exemplarily, the quantization threshold refers to the quantization upper limit and the quantization lower limit, and reaching the quantization threshold may include being greater than or equal to the quantization upper limit and less than or equal to the quantization lower limit. The signal value refers to the amplitude of the signal point during analog-to-digital conversion.
数字化放大信号由多个数字化的信号点组成,每个信号点均有对应的信号值。信号点的总数量与对应的放大信号的长度以及模数转换时的采样频率有关。可选的,每出现一个信号值达到量化阈值的信号点,触摸状态检测单元便对该信号点进行记录,之后,触摸状态检测单元统计出数字化放大信号中信号值达到量化阈值的信号点的数量。The digital amplified signal is composed of multiple digital signal points, each of which has a corresponding signal value. The total number of signal points is related to the length of the corresponding amplified signal and the sampling frequency during analog-to-digital conversion. Optionally, each time a signal point whose signal value reaches the quantization threshold appears, the touch state detection unit records the signal point, and then the touch state detection unit counts the number of signal points whose signal values reach the quantization threshold in the digital amplified signal.
步骤12213、触摸状态检测单元根据每级数字化放大信号中信号值达到量化阈值的信号点数量和每级数字化放大信号的信号点总数量,确定每级数字化放大信号的溢出率。Step 12213: The touch state detection unit determines the overflow rate of each stage of the digital amplified signal according to the number of signal points whose signal values reach the quantization threshold in each stage of the digital amplified signal and the total number of signal points of each stage of the digital amplified signal.
一个实施例中,溢出率的计算公式可以表示为:
In one embodiment, the calculation formula of the overflow rate can be expressed as:
其中,r表示溢出率,data_num表示信号点的信号值,sum表示相加,sum(data_num)表示信号点总数量,data_num<=lower表示信号点的信号值小于或等于量化下限,data_num>=upper表示信号点的信号值大于或等于量化上限,sum(data_num<=lower,data_num>=upper)表示信号值小于或等于量化下限以及大于或等于量化上限的信号点的数量,即达到量化阈值的信号点数量。sum(data_num<=lower,data_num>=upper)比上sum(data_num)后,可以得到溢出率。 Where r represents the overflow rate, data_num represents the signal value of the signal point, sum represents addition, sum(data_num) represents the total number of signal points, data_num<=lower represents that the signal value of the signal point is less than or equal to the quantization lower limit, data_num>=upper represents that the signal value of the signal point is greater than or equal to the quantization upper limit, sum(data_num<=lower, data_num>=upper) represents the number of signal points whose signal value is less than or equal to the quantization lower limit and greater than or equal to the quantization upper limit, that is, the number of signal points that reach the quantization threshold. After sum(data_num<=lower, data_num>=upper) is divided by sum(data_num), the overflow rate can be obtained.
可选的,有效的数字化放大信号是指经过充分的放大并且因溢出而丢失的细节所带来的损失很小的信号,有效的数字化放大信号即能最大程度放大又能保留与放大有关的特征。一个实施例中,放大不足(即放大级数所对应的放大倍数过小)的数字化放大信号,溢出率一般为0,即各信号点均未溢出。放大合理(即放大级数所对应的放大倍数合理)的数字化放大信号,溢出率一般为0-10%之间。当溢出率大于10%时,说明数字化放大信号放大过大(即放大级数所对应的放大倍数过大),信号损失严重(丢失较多细节)。因此,通过溢出率可以确定数字化放大信号的有效性。比如,将溢出率位于0-10%之间的数字化放大信号作为有效的信号。Optionally, an effective digital amplified signal refers to a signal that has been fully amplified and has little loss of details due to overflow. An effective digital amplified signal can amplify to the maximum extent while retaining features related to amplification. In one embodiment, the digital amplified signal that is insufficiently amplified (i.e., the amplification factor corresponding to the amplification level is too small) generally has an overflow rate of 0, i.e., each signal point has not overflowed. The digital amplified signal that is reasonably amplified (i.e., the amplification factor corresponding to the amplification level is reasonable) generally has an overflow rate between 0-10%. When the overflow rate is greater than 10%, it means that the digital amplified signal is over-amplified (i.e., the amplification factor corresponding to the amplification level is too large), and the signal loss is serious (more details are lost). Therefore, the validity of the digital amplified signal can be determined by the overflow rate. For example, a digital amplified signal with an overflow rate between 0-10% is regarded as a valid signal.
一个实施例中,触摸状态检测单元对第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,得到多级的放大信号之后,可包括:触摸状态检测单元在多级放大信号中选择第一数量的放大信号,第一数量为至少两个,第一数量的放大信号为放大级数连续的放大信号。触摸状态检测单元确定每级放大信号的溢出率之后,包括:触摸状态检测单元确定第一数量的放大信号中,超出溢出率范围的溢出率数量超过第二数量时,重新选择第一数量的放大信号,且重新选择的放大信号中超出溢出率范围的溢出率数量未超过第二数量。In one embodiment, after the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time to obtain the multi-stage amplified signal, the method may include: the touch state detection unit selects a first number of amplified signals from the multi-stage amplified signal, the first number is at least two, and the first number of amplified signals are amplified signals with continuous amplification stages. After the touch state detection unit determines the overflow rate of each stage of the amplified signal, the method may include: when the touch state detection unit determines that the number of overflow rates exceeding the overflow rate range in the first number of amplified signals exceeds the second number, the first number of amplified signals is reselected, and the number of overflow rates exceeding the overflow rate range in the reselected amplified signals does not exceed the second number.
示例性的,当放大级数较多时,触摸状态检测单元可以得到较多不同程度放大的信号,这样,计算各放大信号的溢出率时需要计算较多的数据,因此,为了减小数据计算量,触摸状态检测单元可以先在多级放大信号中,选择一定数量的放大信号,即先忽略一部分放大信号,当前,将所选择的数量记为第一数量,第一数量可根据实际情况设置,一般,第一数量为至少两个。选择第一数量的放大信号时,可以是选择放大级数连续的第一数量的放大信号,此时,所选择的放大信号的放大级数可以预先设置,例如,当前选择的连续的放大级数为1-3级为例,此时,触摸状态检测单元选择1级、2级和3级对应的放大信号。可选的,当第一数量的放大信号的各溢出率中,超过第二数量的溢出率不在溢出率范围内,则说明当前选择的放大级数不合理,丢失了较多细节或者是未进行有效放大,其中,丢失较多细节时,超过第二数量的溢出率高于溢出率范围,未进行有效放大时,超过第二数量的溢出率低于溢出率范围,即选择第一数量的放大信号后,先判断高于溢出率范围的放大信号的数量是否达到第二数量以及判断低于溢出率范围的放大信号的数量是否达到第二数量,之后,若两者的数量均未达到第二数量,则在第一数量的放大信号中选择某一级放大信号,若高于溢出率范围的放大信号的数量超过第二数量或低于溢出率范围的放大信号的数量超过第二数量,则重新选择更合理的放大级数所对应的放大信号,其中,第二数量可根据实际情况设置,如第一数量为3时,第二数量为2。溢出率范围可根据实际请求设置,一般而言,溢出率范围内的放大 信号为有效的放大信号。一般而言,重新选择的放大级数也为连续的。重新选择后,继续确定对应的溢出率中,是否有多于第二数量的溢出率处于预设溢出率范围之外(高出溢出率或低于溢出率),进而确定是否需要继续重新选择放大信号。举例而言,先选择1-3级的放大信号后,确定三个溢出率中两个溢出率为0,即不在溢出率范围,此时,认为放大信号未能进行有效放大,因此,重新选择4-6级的放大信号,之后,确定三个溢出率中两个溢出率位于溢出率范围内,确定4-6级的放大信号合理。后续使用4-6级的数字化放大信号进行传感信号检测。Exemplarily, when there are many amplification levels, the touch state detection unit can obtain more signals amplified to different degrees. In this way, more data needs to be calculated when calculating the overflow rate of each amplified signal. Therefore, in order to reduce the amount of data calculation, the touch state detection unit can first select a certain number of amplified signals from the multi-level amplified signals, that is, ignore a part of the amplified signals first. At present, the selected number is recorded as the first number, and the first number can be set according to the actual situation. Generally, the first number is at least two. When selecting the first number of amplified signals, it can be to select the first number of amplified signals with a continuous amplification level. At this time, the amplification level of the selected amplified signal can be preset. For example, the currently selected continuous amplification level is 1-3. For example, at this time, the touch state detection unit selects the amplified signals corresponding to level 1, level 2 and level 3. Optionally, when among the overflow rates of the first number of amplified signals, the overflow rate exceeding the second number is not within the overflow rate range, it means that the currently selected amplification level is unreasonable, more details are lost or effective amplification is not performed, wherein when more details are lost, the overflow rate exceeding the second number is higher than the overflow rate range, and when effective amplification is not performed, the overflow rate exceeding the second number is lower than the overflow rate range, that is, after selecting the first number of amplified signals, first determine whether the number of amplified signals above the overflow rate range reaches the second number and determine whether the number of amplified signals below the overflow rate range reaches the second number, and then, if both numbers do not reach the second number, select a certain level of amplified signals from the first number of amplified signals, if the number of amplified signals above the overflow rate range exceeds the second number or the number of amplified signals below the overflow rate range exceeds the second number, reselect the amplified signal corresponding to a more reasonable amplification level, wherein the second number can be set according to actual conditions, such as when the first number is 3, the second number is 2. The overflow rate range can be set according to actual requests. Generally speaking, the amplification within the overflow rate range is The signal is a valid amplified signal. Generally speaking, the reselected amplification levels are also continuous. After reselection, continue to determine whether there are more than the second number of overflow rates in the corresponding overflow rates that are outside the preset overflow rate range (higher than the overflow rate or lower than the overflow rate), and then determine whether it is necessary to continue to reselect the amplified signal. For example, after first selecting the amplified signal of levels 1-3, it is determined that two of the three overflow rates are 0, that is, they are not within the overflow rate range. At this time, it is considered that the amplified signal has not been effectively amplified. Therefore, reselect the amplified signal of levels 4-6, and then determine that two of the three overflow rates are within the overflow rate range, and determine that the amplified signal of levels 4-6 is reasonable. Subsequently, the digital amplified signal of levels 4-6 is used for sensor signal detection.
步骤1222、触摸状态检测单元根据各级放大信号的溢出率,选择小于溢出率门限的一级放大信号。Step 1222: The touch state detection unit selects a first-level amplified signal that is less than an overflow rate threshold according to the overflow rates of the amplified signals of each level.
示例性的,触摸状态检测单元当前选择的放大信号为数字化放大信号,且数字化放大信号的溢出率小于溢出率门限。其中,溢出率门限为先验值,其可以通过经验或实验统计得到,如设置为10%。溢出率小于溢出率门限时,说明模数转换时因为溢出带来的损失较小。因此,可以选择溢出率小于溢出率门限的数字化放大信号。Exemplarily, the amplified signal currently selected by the touch state detection unit is a digital amplified signal, and the overflow rate of the digital amplified signal is less than the overflow rate threshold. The overflow rate threshold is a priori value, which can be obtained through experience or experimental statistics, such as being set to 10%. When the overflow rate is less than the overflow rate threshold, it means that the loss caused by the overflow during analog-to-digital conversion is small. Therefore, a digital amplified signal with an overflow rate less than the overflow rate threshold can be selected.
一个实施例中,小于溢出率门限的数字化放大信号也可能出现放大不足的情况,如溢出率为0时,虽然小于溢出率门限但实际并未有效放大,这类数字化放大信号并不利于进行传感信号检测,因此,触摸状态检测单元可以选择小于溢出率门限且尽可能接近溢出率门限的数字化放大信号。此时,步骤1222具体包括:触摸状态检测单元在各溢出率中确定小于且最接近溢出率门限的溢出率,将所确定的溢出率对应的数字化放大信号作为当前选择的一级放大信号,数字化放大信号为对应放大信号模数转换后得到的信号。In one embodiment, a digital amplified signal that is less than the overflow rate threshold may also be insufficiently amplified. For example, when the overflow rate is 0, although it is less than the overflow rate threshold, it is not actually effectively amplified. This type of digital amplified signal is not conducive to sensing signal detection. Therefore, the touch state detection unit can select a digital amplified signal that is less than the overflow rate threshold and as close to the overflow rate threshold as possible. At this time, step 1222 specifically includes: the touch state detection unit determines an overflow rate that is less than and closest to the overflow rate threshold among the overflow rates, and uses the digital amplified signal corresponding to the determined overflow rate as the currently selected first-level amplified signal, and the digital amplified signal is a signal obtained after analog-to-digital conversion of the corresponding amplified signal.
可选的,触摸状态检测单元将各数字化放大信号的溢出率由小到大进行排序,并选择小于溢出率门限且最接近溢出率门限的溢出率所对应的数字化放大信号。Optionally, the touch state detection unit sorts the overflow rates of the digitally amplified signals from small to large, and selects the digitally amplified signal corresponding to the overflow rate that is smaller than the overflow rate threshold and closest to the overflow rate threshold.
之后,执行步骤123。Afterwards, execute step 123.
步骤123、触摸状态检测单元根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号。Step 123: The touch state detection unit generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal.
可理解,显示屏的表面没有接收传感信号时,第一传感器采集的原始信号仅包含噪声信号,显示屏的表面接收传感信号时,第一传感器采集的原始信号包括噪声信号和传感信号的叠加,此时,相比于仅表示噪声信号,叠加传感信号后,相应的数字化放大信号的一些参数也会发生明显的变化,通过捕捉这部分变化,便可确定是否接收到传感信号,一个实施例中,触摸状态检测单元可以通过检测数字化放大信号中因传感信号而变化明显的一些参数,确定显示屏的表面是否接收到传感信号,当前,将因传感信号引起明显变化的参数记为信号特征 参数,一个实施例中,信号特征参数包括峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比,此时,步骤123可包括步骤1231-步骤1232:It can be understood that when the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, the original signal collected by the first sensor only includes the noise signal. When the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal, the original signal collected by the first sensor includes the superposition of the noise signal and the sensor signal. At this time, compared with only representing the noise signal, after the sensor signal is superimposed, some parameters of the corresponding digital amplified signal will also change significantly. By capturing this part of the change, it can be determined whether the sensor signal is received. In one embodiment, the touch state detection unit can determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal by detecting some parameters in the digital amplified signal that change significantly due to the sensor signal. At present, the parameters that change significantly due to the sensor signal are recorded as signal features. Parameters, in one embodiment, the signal characteristic parameters include peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio. In this case, step 123 may include steps 1231-1232:
步骤1231、触摸状态检测单元确定所选择放大信号的峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比。Step 1231: The touch state detection unit determines the peak-to-peak value, energy value, and time-frequency energy ratio of the selected amplified signal.
峰峰值可理解为数字化放大信号中最大的信号值和最小的信号值之间的差值。当显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,峰峰值陡增,接下来显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号时,峰峰值变化小。能量值可理解为数字化放大信号的能量,显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,能量值变大,显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号时,能量值与底噪(即噪声信号)的能量值相同。时频点能量占比可理解为数字化放大信号中设定频段内的能量与数字化放大信号在全部频段内的能量的比值,其中,设定频段为先验值,设定频段内的信号点与传感信号相关性较大。显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,时频点能量占比大,显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号时,时频点能量占比小。基于此,触摸状态检测单元计算当前所选择的数字化放大信号的峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比。The peak-to-peak value can be understood as the difference between the maximum signal value and the minimum signal value in the digital amplified signal. When the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal, the peak-to-peak value increases sharply, and then when the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, the peak-to-peak value changes little. The energy value can be understood as the energy of the digital amplified signal. When the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal, the energy value becomes larger. When the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, the energy value is the same as the energy value of the background noise (i.e., the noise signal). The time-frequency point energy ratio can be understood as the ratio of the energy in the set frequency band in the digital amplified signal to the energy of the digital amplified signal in the entire frequency band, wherein the set frequency band is a priori value, and the signal points in the set frequency band are highly correlated with the sensor signal. When the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal, the time-frequency point energy ratio is large, and when the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, the time-frequency point energy ratio is small. Based on this, the touch state detection unit calculates the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio of the currently selected digital amplified signal.
步骤1232、触摸状态检测单元确定峰峰值大于峰峰值门限或能量值大于能量门限,且时频点能量占比大于占比门限时,确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号,并生成触摸状态信号。Step 1232: When the touch state detection unit determines that the peak-to-peak value is greater than the peak-to-peak value threshold or the energy value is greater than the energy threshold, and the time-frequency point energy ratio is greater than the ratio threshold, it determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal and generates a touch state signal.
峰峰值门限、能量门限以及占比门限均可根据实际情况设置,且分别表示显示屏的表面接收传感信号时,峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比的最小值。可选的,峰峰值门限、能量门限以及占比门限组成检测门限序列。The peak-to-peak value threshold, energy threshold and proportion threshold can be set according to actual conditions, and respectively represent the minimum values of the peak-to-peak value, energy value and energy proportion of the time-frequency point when the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal. Optionally, the peak-to-peak value threshold, energy threshold and proportion threshold form a detection threshold sequence.
触摸状态检测单元确定当前所选择的数字化放大信号的峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比后,判断峰峰值是否大于峰峰值门限或能量值是否大于能量值门限,以及时频点能量占比是否大于占比门限,其中,峰峰值和能量值为或的关系,即两者中有一个超过门限即可,至于另一个是否超过门限,当前不做考虑,当时频点能量占比大于占比门限且峰峰值或能量值大于对应的门限时,确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号,并生成触摸状态信号(即down)。若时频点能量占比大于门限但峰峰值和能量值均未大于对应门限,或时频点能量占比未大于对应门限,则确定显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号。After the touch state detection unit determines the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency energy ratio of the currently selected digital amplified signal, it determines whether the peak-to-peak value is greater than the peak-to-peak value threshold or the energy value is greater than the energy value threshold, and whether the time-frequency energy ratio is greater than the ratio threshold, wherein the peak-to-peak value and the energy value are in a relationship of or, that is, one of the two exceeds the threshold, and whether the other exceeds the threshold is not considered at present. When the time-frequency energy ratio is greater than the ratio threshold and the peak-to-peak value or energy value is greater than the corresponding threshold, it is determined that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal and generates a touch state signal (ie, down). If the time-frequency energy ratio is greater than the threshold but the peak-to-peak value and the energy value are not greater than the corresponding threshold, or the time-frequency energy ratio is not greater than the corresponding threshold, it is determined that the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensing signal.
需要说明,显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号时,突发的噪声也会导致峰峰值和能量值变化,使两者超过对应的门限,例如,第一传感器为振动传感器时,显示屏的边框接收到重敲时,显示屏的玻璃面板也会产生振动,此时,振动传感器采集的原始信号也会反映当前的振动,相应的数字化放大信号的峰峰值和能量值也可能超过对应的门限,因此,仅使用峰峰值和能量值判断显示屏的表面是否接收到传感信号的准确性不高。再如,第一传感器为振动传感器时,交互平板播放音乐时,振动传感器采集的原始信号也会反映当前的振动,相应的数 字化放大信号的时频点能量占比也可能超过占比门限,因此,仅使用时频点能量占比判断显示屏的表面是否接收到传感信号的准确性不高。基于此,实施例中使用峰峰值或能量值,以及时频点能量占比综合判断显示屏是否接收到传感信号,可以保证传感信号检测的准确性。It should be noted that when the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, sudden noise will also cause the peak-to-peak value and energy value to change, causing the two to exceed the corresponding thresholds. For example, when the first sensor is a vibration sensor, when the frame of the display screen receives a hard tap, the glass panel of the display screen will also vibrate. At this time, the original signal collected by the vibration sensor will also reflect the current vibration, and the corresponding peak-to-peak value and energy value of the digital amplified signal may also exceed the corresponding threshold. Therefore, using only the peak-to-peak value and energy value to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal is not accurate. For another example, when the first sensor is a vibration sensor, when the interactive tablet plays music, the original signal collected by the vibration sensor will also reflect the current vibration, and the corresponding digital amplified signal will also exceed the corresponding threshold. The time-frequency energy ratio of the digital amplified signal may also exceed the ratio threshold. Therefore, the accuracy of judging whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal by only using the time-frequency energy ratio is not high. Based on this, the peak-to-peak value or energy value and the time-frequency energy ratio are used in the embodiment to comprehensively judge whether the display screen receives the sensor signal, which can ensure the accuracy of the sensor signal detection.
一个实施例中,第一传感器采集原始信号时,因交互平板中电路、环境噪声等因素的影响,使得原始信号中存在噪声信号,而噪声信号并不利于传感信号的检测,因此,选择某一级数字化放大信号后,可以先进行传感信号和噪声信号的分离。该过程也可以认为是滤除噪声信号的过程。In one embodiment, when the first sensor collects the original signal, due to the influence of factors such as the circuit in the interactive flat panel and environmental noise, there is a noise signal in the original signal, and the noise signal is not conducive to the detection of the sensor signal. Therefore, after selecting a certain level of digital amplification signal, the sensor signal and the noise signal can be separated first. This process can also be considered as a process of filtering out the noise signal.
可选的,滤除噪声信号时,可以采用自相关或自适应的方式。此时,触摸状态检测单元根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,并生成触摸状态信号之前,包括:触摸状态检测单元对所选择的放大信号进行自相关操作,得到自相关计算结果;触摸状态检测单元在自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限时,执行根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定显示屏接收到传感信号时,并生成触摸状态信号的操作。Optionally, when filtering out noise signals, an autocorrelation or adaptive method may be used. In this case, the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal and generates the touch state signal before: the touch state detection unit performs an autocorrelation operation on the selected amplified signal to obtain an autocorrelation calculation result; when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold, the touch state detection unit performs an operation of determining that the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal and generates the touch state signal.
当前,所选择的放大信号是指数字化放大信号。示例性的,根据噪声信号的特征,通过自相关或自适应的方式可以滤除平稳噪声信号,其中,平稳噪声和非平稳噪声是较为常见的噪声。Currently, the selected amplified signal refers to a digital amplified signal. Exemplarily, according to the characteristics of the noise signal, the stationary noise signal can be filtered out by autocorrelation or adaptive means, wherein stationary noise and non-stationary noise are relatively common noises.
噪声信号(也可记为噪声)和传感信号是不相关的随机信号,因此,自相关计算的结果很小,而传感信号不是随机信号,自身是相关的信号(均与触摸时的应力或振动有关),因此,自相关计算的结果很大。此时,通过数字化放大信号的自相关计算结果可以确定数字化放大信号是否与传感信号有关。The noise signal (also referred to as noise) and the sensing signal are unrelated random signals, so the result of the autocorrelation calculation is very small, while the sensing signal is not a random signal, but a related signal (both related to stress or vibration during touch), so the result of the autocorrelation calculation is very large. At this time, the autocorrelation calculation result of the digitized amplified signal can be used to determine whether the digitized amplified signal is related to the sensing signal.
当前,将所使用的数字化放大信号记为s[n],n=0、1、……、N,N为数字化放大信号的信号点总数量。s[n]表示第n个信号点的信号值。数字化放大信号中的噪声信号记为w[n],数字化放大信号中的外力信号记为a[n]。此时,s[n]可表示为:
s[n]=a[n]+w[n],n=0、1、……、N
Currently, the digital amplified signal used is recorded as s[n], n = 0, 1, ..., N, N is the total number of signal points of the digital amplified signal. s[n] represents the signal value of the nth signal point. The noise signal in the digital amplified signal is recorded as w[n], and the external force signal in the digital amplified signal is recorded as a[n]. At this time, s[n] can be expressed as:
s[n]=a[n]+w[n],n=0、1、……、N
n1时刻的数字化放大信号(可理解为下一次所选择的数字化放大信号)可表示为:
s[n+n1]=a[n+n1]+w[n+n1],n=0、1、……、N
The digital amplified signal at time n1 (which can be understood as the digital amplified signal selected next time) can be expressed as:
s[n+n 1 ]=a[n+n 1 ]+w[n+n 1 ],n=0、1、……、N
其中,s[n+n1]表示n1时刻第n个信号点的信号值。a[n+n1]表示n1时刻第n个信号点中传感信号的信号值。w[n+n1]表示n1时刻第n个信号点中噪声信号的信号值。Wherein, s[n+n 1 ] represents the signal value of the nth signal point at time n 1. a[n+n 1 ] represents the signal value of the sensing signal at the nth signal point at time n 1. w[n+n 1 ] represents the signal value of the noise signal at the nth signal point at time n 1 .
对n1时刻数字化放大信号进行自相关操作时,自相关的计算过程可表示为:

When the autocorrelation operation is performed on the digital amplified signal at time n 1 , the autocorrelation calculation process can be expressed as:

其中,R[n]表示自相关计算结果。由于噪声信号和传感信号不相关,因此,的值均约等于零。此时,R[n]可表示为:
Where R[n] represents the autocorrelation calculation result. Since the noise signal and the sensor signal are uncorrelated, and The values of are approximately equal to zero. At this time, R[n] can be expressed as:
可理解,由于噪声信号的自相关计算结果很小,因此,可忽略不计。此时,R[n]可体现传感信号的自相关计算结果。It can be understood that since the autocorrelation calculation result of the noise signal is very small, can be ignored. At this time, R[n] can reflect the autocorrelation calculation result of the sensing signal.
触摸状态检测单元得到自相关计算结果后,确定自相关计算结果的最大值,即在n=0、1、……、N所对应的各自相关计算结果中选择最大值,之后,将最大值与自相关门限进行比较。其中,自相关门限可以通过实验统计得到或者根据恒虚警检测(Constant False Alarm Rate,CFAR)推导出来。一般而言,显示屏接收到传感信号时,自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限。因此,触摸状态检测单元确定自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限时,可以初步认为显示屏的表面接收到传感信号,即数字化放大信号可能与传感信号有关,因此,可以执行根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号的操作(即根据峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比判断显示屏是否接收到传感信号,接收到传感信号,即生成触摸状态信号)。否则,确定数字化放大信号仅包含噪声信号,因此,可以滤除整段数字化放大信号。After the touch state detection unit obtains the autocorrelation calculation result, it determines the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result, that is, selects the maximum value from the respective correlation calculation results corresponding to n=0, 1, ..., N, and then compares the maximum value with the autocorrelation threshold. Among them, the autocorrelation threshold can be obtained through experimental statistics or derived according to the constant false alarm rate (CFAR). Generally speaking, when the display screen receives the sensor signal, the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold. Therefore, when the touch state detection unit determines that the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold, it can be preliminarily considered that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal, that is, the digital amplified signal may be related to the sensor signal, and therefore, it can be performed to determine that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, and generate the touch state signal (that is, judging whether the display screen receives the sensor signal according to the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio, and receiving the sensor signal, that is, generating the touch state signal). Otherwise, it is determined that the digital amplified signal only contains the noise signal, so the entire digital amplified signal can be filtered out.
一个实施例中,根据自相关计算结果确定显示屏的表面可能接收到传感信号后,还可以滤除数字化放大信号中的噪声信号,以在后续根据信号特征参数确定是否接收到传感信号时,降低噪声信号的干扰。此时,触摸状态检测单元在所述自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限时,执行根据所选择的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,根据所述传感信号生成第二状态信号的操作,可包括:触摸状态检测单元在自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限时,在所选择的放大信号中检测脉冲形式的信号段;触摸状态检测单元对信号段进行频域变换,得到频域信号段;触摸状态检测单元在频域信号段中选择预设频段内的子频域信号段;触摸状态检测单元对子频域信号段进行时域变换,以得到滤除非平稳噪声的放大信号,执行根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号 时,根据传感信号生成第二状态信号的操作。In one embodiment, after determining that the surface of the display screen may have received the sensor signal based on the autocorrelation calculation result, the noise signal in the digitized amplified signal can also be filtered out to reduce the interference of the noise signal when determining whether the sensor signal is received based on the signal characteristic parameters later. At this time, when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold, the touch state detection unit performs the operation of generating a second state signal based on the sensor signal when determining that the surface of the display screen has received the sensor signal based on the selected amplified signal, which may include: when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold, the touch state detection unit detects a pulse-shaped signal segment in the selected amplified signal; the touch state detection unit performs frequency domain transformation on the signal segment to obtain a frequency domain signal segment; the touch state detection unit selects a sub-frequency domain signal segment within a preset frequency band in the frequency domain signal segment; the touch state detection unit performs time domain transformation on the sub-frequency domain signal segment to obtain an amplified signal with non-stationary noise filtered out, and performs the operation of determining that the surface of the display screen has received the sensor signal based on the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal. When the sensing signal is generated, a second state signal is generated according to the sensing signal.
示例性的,当前滤除的噪声信号为非平稳噪声信号,滤除噪声信号时,可以采用时频分析,即分析数字化放大信号的时域特征和频域特征。具体来说,对于数字化放大信号中的非平稳噪声信号而言,其在时域上和频域上与传感信号均存在明显的差别,传感信号在频域上集中分布在设定频段内,其中,设定频段为经验值,而非平稳噪声信号在全频率(即数字化放大信号在频域上的全部频段)都可能有分布。传感信号在时域上一般为脉冲的形式(因为应力或振动形成),非平稳噪声音频在时域上不是脉冲的形式且持续出现,不会只在触摸物触摸显示屏表面时出现而触摸离开显示屏表面时消失。基于前述区别,触摸状态检测单元可以通过时频分析的方式滤除数字化放大信号中的非平稳噪声信号。Exemplarily, the noise signal currently filtered out is a non-stationary noise signal. When filtering out the noise signal, time-frequency analysis can be used, that is, analyzing the time domain characteristics and frequency domain characteristics of the digital amplified signal. Specifically, for the non-stationary noise signal in the digital amplified signal, it is significantly different from the sensing signal in both the time domain and the frequency domain. The sensing signal is concentrated in the set frequency band in the frequency domain, where the set frequency band is an empirical value, while the non-stationary noise signal may be distributed in the full frequency (that is, all frequency bands of the digital amplified signal in the frequency domain). The sensing signal is generally in the form of a pulse in the time domain (due to stress or vibration), and the non-stationary noise audio is not in the form of a pulse in the time domain and appears continuously. It will not only appear when the touch object touches the surface of the display screen and disappear when the touch leaves the surface of the display screen. Based on the above distinction, the touch state detection unit can filter out the non-stationary noise signal in the digital amplified signal by means of time-frequency analysis.
示例性的,时频分析时,触摸状态检测单元首先在时域上对数字化放大信号进行检测,以节选出合理的信号段(即数字化放大信号中的一段信号)。检测节选时,可以是检测出数字化放大信号中脉冲形式的信号,并节选出来,以得到信号段,此时,可以认为滤除了时域上检测出来的噪声信号。其中,脉冲形式的信号也可以理解为脉冲信号。可选的,触摸状态检测单元可以通过计算信噪比(SNR)、振铃率(振铃计数率)、短时能量变化值等方式检测脉冲形式的信号,其中,振铃率可用振荡波形的最大幅度与脉冲幅度之比或振荡的周期个数确定,短时能量变化值可以对振荡波形进行滑窗计算能量得到。例如,信噪比高于预先设定信噪比的信号可以认为是脉冲信号,或者是,振铃率高于预设振铃率的信号可以认为是脉冲信号,或者是,短时能量变化值大于预设门限(即预设短时能量变化值)时认为出现脉冲信号。可理解,若触摸状态检测单元在数字化放大信号中未检测出脉冲形式的信号,则可以确定数字化放大信号与传感信号无关,因此,可以滤除整段数字化放大信号。Exemplarily, during time-frequency analysis, the touch state detection unit first detects the digital amplified signal in the time domain to extract a reasonable signal segment (i.e., a segment of the digital amplified signal). When detecting and extracting, it can be to detect the pulse signal in the digital amplified signal and extract it to obtain the signal segment. At this time, it can be considered that the noise signal detected in the time domain is filtered out. Among them, the pulse signal can also be understood as a pulse signal. Optionally, the touch state detection unit can detect the pulse signal by calculating the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), the ringing rate (ringing count rate), the short-time energy change value, etc., wherein the ringing rate can be determined by the ratio of the maximum amplitude of the oscillation waveform to the pulse amplitude or the number of oscillation cycles, and the short-time energy change value can be obtained by sliding the window to calculate the energy of the oscillation waveform. For example, a signal with a signal-to-noise ratio higher than a preset signal-to-noise ratio can be considered as a pulse signal, or a signal with a ringing rate higher than a preset ringing rate can be considered as a pulse signal, or a pulse signal is considered to appear when the short-time energy change value is greater than a preset threshold (i.e., a preset short-time energy change value). It can be understood that if the touch state detection unit does not detect a pulse signal in the digitized amplified signal, it can be determined that the digitized amplified signal is irrelevant to the sensing signal, and therefore the entire digitized amplified signal can be filtered out.
节选出脉冲形式的信号段后,触摸状态检测单元对该信号段进行频域变换(即转换为频域上的信号),以得到频域上的信号段,当前记为频域信号段。频域变换所使用的技术手段当前不作限定。当前,将传感信号集中的预设频段的两端频率值分别记为f1和f2,且f1和f2为经验值。示例性的,触摸状态检测单元得到频域信号段后,获取f1和f2之间的成分,即获取预设频段内的频域信号段,当前,将获取的预设频段内的频域信号段记为子频域信号段,其中,子频域信号段与传感信号关联性较大,之后,对子频域信号段进行时域变换(即转换为时域上的信号),以得到时域上的信号,该信号便可认为是滤除非平稳噪声的放大信号(当前为数字化放大信号)。一个实施例中,触摸状态检测单元通过时频域滤波器滤除非平稳噪声信号(包括干扰信号)。其中,时频域滤波器的类型当前不作限定,例如,时频分析时并未涉及数字化放大信号的相位信号,因此,可以采用IIR滤波器作为时频域滤波器, 以达到高效的滤波效果。其中,IIR滤波器也叫IIR数字滤波器,是较为常用的一种滤波器。此时,触摸状态检测单元还包括时频域滤波器,并将数字化放大信号输入至时频域滤波器,以得到滤除非平稳噪声的数字化放大信号。After selecting the signal segment in the form of a pulse, the touch state detection unit performs a frequency domain transformation on the signal segment (i.e., converts it into a signal in the frequency domain) to obtain a signal segment in the frequency domain, which is currently recorded as a frequency domain signal segment. The technical means used for frequency domain transformation are not currently limited. Currently, the frequency values at both ends of the preset frequency band in the sensor signal set are recorded as f1 and f2, respectively, and f1 and f2 are empirical values. Exemplarily, after the touch state detection unit obtains the frequency domain signal segment, it obtains the component between f1 and f2, that is, obtains the frequency domain signal segment in the preset frequency band. Currently, the obtained frequency domain signal segment in the preset frequency band is recorded as a sub-frequency domain signal segment, wherein the sub-frequency domain signal segment is highly correlated with the sensor signal. After that, the sub-frequency domain signal segment is transformed in the time domain (i.e., converted into a signal in the time domain) to obtain a signal in the time domain, which can be considered as an amplified signal (currently a digitized amplified signal) that filters out non-stationary noise. In one embodiment, the touch state detection unit filters out non-stationary noise signals (including interference signals) through a time-frequency domain filter. The type of time-frequency domain filter is not currently limited. For example, the phase signal of the digital amplified signal is not involved in the time-frequency analysis. Therefore, an IIR filter can be used as the time-frequency domain filter. To achieve an efficient filtering effect. Among them, the IIR filter is also called the IIR digital filter, which is a more commonly used filter. At this time, the touch state detection unit also includes a time-frequency domain filter, and the digital amplified signal is input into the time-frequency domain filter to obtain a digital amplified signal that filters out non-stationary noise.
一个实施例中,显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,预设频段内的子频域信号段的能量值较大,因此,还可以结合能量值确定数字化放大信号是否包含传感信号。此时,触摸状态检测单元对子频域信号段进行时域变换,以得到滤除非平稳噪声的放大信号,包括:触摸状态检测单元确定子频域信号段的能量值大于能量阈值时,对子频域信号段进行时域变换,以得到滤除非平稳噪声的放大信号。In one embodiment, when the surface of the display screen receives a sensing signal, the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment within the preset frequency band is relatively large. Therefore, it is also possible to determine whether the digital amplified signal contains the sensing signal in combination with the energy value. At this time, the touch state detection unit performs a time domain transformation on the sub-frequency domain signal segment to obtain an amplified signal that filters out non-stationary noise, including: when the touch state detection unit determines that the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment is greater than an energy threshold, the sub-frequency domain signal segment is transformed in the time domain to obtain an amplified signal that filters out non-stationary noise.
示例性的,触摸状态检测单元提取预设频段内的子频域信号段后,计算子频域信号段的能量值,若该能量值大于预设的能量阈值(可根据经验设置),则确定子频域信号段与传感信号有关,此时,可对子频域信号段进行时域变换,以得到滤除非平稳噪声的数字化放大信号。Exemplarily, after the touch state detection unit extracts the sub-frequency domain signal segment within the preset frequency band, it calculates the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment. If the energy value is greater than a preset energy threshold (which can be set based on experience), it is determined that the sub-frequency domain signal segment is related to the sensing signal. At this time, the sub-frequency domain signal segment can be transformed in the time domain to obtain a digital amplified signal that filters out non-stationary noise.
需说明,触摸状态检测单元可通过自相关操作和时频分析的方式滤除噪声,此时,触摸状态检测单元对所选择的数字化放大信号进行自相关操作,之后,若自相关操作得到的自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限,则进行时频分析,时频分析时,子频域信号段的能量值大于能量阈值,确定得到与传感信号相关的数字化放大信号(设定频段内的脉冲形式的信号),此时,噪声信号很大程度上被削弱,之后,触摸状态检测单元对去除噪声信号的数字化放大信号进行进一步判断,以确定显示屏是否接收到传感信号。若自相关计算结果的最大值未大于自相关门限、未节选出脉冲形式的信号段或者是子频域信号段的能量值未大于能量阈值,则确定数字化放大信号为噪声信号,因此,不作后续处理。It should be noted that the touch state detection unit can filter out noise by autocorrelation operation and time-frequency analysis. At this time, the touch state detection unit performs an autocorrelation operation on the selected digital amplified signal. After that, if the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result obtained by the autocorrelation operation is greater than the autocorrelation threshold, a time-frequency analysis is performed. During the time-frequency analysis, the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment is greater than the energy threshold, and it is determined that a digital amplified signal related to the sensing signal (a signal in the form of a pulse within the set frequency band) is obtained. At this time, the noise signal is greatly weakened. After that, the touch state detection unit further judges the digital amplified signal with the noise signal removed to determine whether the display screen receives the sensing signal. If the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is not greater than the autocorrelation threshold, the pulse signal segment is not selected, or the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment is not greater than the energy threshold, the digital amplified signal is determined to be a noise signal, and therefore, no subsequent processing is performed.
步骤130、处理单元根据遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,根据遮挡状态信号和触摸状态信号确定显示屏接收到触摸操作。Step 130: The processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determines whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
示例性的,处理单元接收到遮挡数据信号后,对遮挡数据信号进行分析,以基于遮挡数据信号确定当前是否存在被遮挡的光线,如果存在被遮挡的光线,则确定存在触摸物产生遮挡,并生成遮挡状态信号,其中,遮挡状态信号用于表示当前有光线被遮挡,即存在触摸物接触显示屏表面的可能。一个实施例中,遮挡状态信号包括down和move两种,down表示触摸物落下且刚接触显示屏的表面,move表示触摸物已经接触显示屏的表面且在表面进行移动。可理解,与遮挡状态信号对应的信号可记为非遮挡状态信号,其用于表示未有光线被遮挡,非遮挡状态信号可记为up。以书写场景为例,一次书写过程中,处理单元至少生成down、move、move、……、up。 Exemplarily, after receiving the occlusion data signal, the processing unit analyzes the occlusion data signal to determine whether there is currently blocked light based on the occlusion data signal. If there is blocked light, it is determined that there is a touch object causing occlusion, and an occlusion status signal is generated, wherein the occlusion status signal is used to indicate that light is currently blocked, that is, there is a possibility that the touch object is in contact with the surface of the display screen. In one embodiment, the occlusion status signal includes two types, down and move, where down indicates that the touch object has fallen and just touched the surface of the display screen, and move indicates that the touch object has touched the surface of the display screen and is moving on the surface. It can be understood that the signal corresponding to the occlusion status signal can be recorded as a non-blocking status signal, which is used to indicate that no light is blocked, and the non-blocking status signal can be recorded as up. Taking the writing scene as an example, in a writing process, the processing unit generates at least down, move, move, ..., up.
触摸物刚接触显示屏表面,即从up到down(从抬起到落笔)时,被遮挡光线的数量会由0变为一个非零的数值,因此,当处理单元在前一时刻生成up,且当前时刻根据触摸数据信号确定发生遮挡时,生成到down。当处理单元在前一时刻生成down或move,且当前时刻根据触摸数据信号确定发生遮挡时,生成move。当处理单元在当前时刻根据触摸数据信号确定未发生遮挡时,生成up。可选的,触摸物刚接触表面时,被遮挡光线的变化数量会发生比较大的变化,而触摸物在显示屏表面移动,即从down到move(从落笔到移动)时或从move到move(持续移动)时,触摸物持续遮挡光线,此时,被遮挡光线的变化数量较小,且该变化数量小于由up到down的变化数量,触摸物离开显示屏表面,即从down到up或从move到up时,被遮挡光线的变化数量也会发生比较大的变化,即从非零的数值变为零,因此,处理单元生成down、move和up时,可结合被遮挡光线的变化数量辅助验证生成的down、move和up是否准确。举例而言,生成down时,处理单元确定当前被遮挡光线的变化数量是否大于一个数量阈值(该数量阈值为触摸物落下和抬起时被遮挡光线的变化数量的最小值),若大于该数量阈值,则生成down,否则,认为是误遮挡,因此,不作响应。需要注意,处理单元生成的down和up信号,与触摸状态检测单元发送的down和up信号具体表征的含义有区别,在处理单元的数据结构中,它们分属于不同数据格式中的某个字节,可以有效区分。When the touch object just touches the display screen surface, that is, from up to down (from lifting to putting down the pen), the amount of blocked light will change from 0 to a non-zero value. Therefore, when the processing unit generates up at the previous moment and determines that blocking occurs according to the touch data signal at the current moment, it generates down. When the processing unit generates down or move at the previous moment and determines that blocking occurs according to the touch data signal at the current moment, it generates move. When the processing unit determines that no blocking occurs according to the touch data signal at the current moment, it generates up. Optionally, when the touch object just touches the surface, the change amount of blocked light will change significantly, and when the touch object moves on the display screen surface, that is, from down to move (from pen down to move) or from move to move (continuous movement), the touch object continues to block the light, at this time, the change amount of blocked light is small, and the change amount is less than the change amount from up to down, and when the touch object leaves the display screen surface, that is, from down to up or from move to up, the change amount of blocked light will also change significantly, that is, from a non-zero value to zero, therefore, when the processing unit generates down, move and up, it can be combined with the change amount of blocked light to assist in verifying whether the generated down, move and up are accurate. For example, when generating down, the processing unit determines whether the change amount of the current blocked light is greater than a quantity threshold (the quantity threshold is the minimum value of the change amount of the blocked light when the touch object falls and lifts up), if it is greater than the quantity threshold, then generate down, otherwise, it is considered to be a false blockage, and therefore, no response is made. It should be noted that the down and up signals generated by the processing unit have different specific meanings from the down and up signals sent by the touch status detection unit. In the data structure of the processing unit, they belong to a byte in different data formats and can be effectively distinguished.
可选的,处理单元生成遮挡状态信号(down或move)时,还可根据遮挡数据信号确定遮挡位置,当前,遮挡位置的确定方式采用已有的确定方式。该遮挡位置可通过二维坐标系中的二维坐标体现,二维坐标系为光网使用的坐标系。Optionally, when the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal (down or move), the occlusion position can also be determined according to the occlusion data signal. Currently, the occlusion position is determined by an existing determination method. The occlusion position can be represented by a two-dimensional coordinate in a two-dimensional coordinate system, which is a coordinate system used by the optical network.
处理单元生成遮挡状态信号(down或move)时,可以明确显示屏表面的多条光线被遮挡,但是不能确定遮挡物是悬停在显示屏的屏幕上方,还是已经触摸显示屏,因此,遮挡状态信号仅是判断触摸操作的必要非充分条件,此时,处理单元还需要结合触摸状态检测单元上报的检测结果(触摸状态信号或非触摸状态信号)判断是否接收到触摸操作。When the processing unit generates an occlusion status signal (down or move), it can be clearly determined that multiple light rays on the surface of the display screen are blocked, but it cannot be determined whether the blocking object is hovering above the screen of the display screen or has touched the display screen. Therefore, the occlusion status signal is only a necessary but not sufficient condition for determining a touch operation. At this time, the processing unit also needs to determine whether a touch operation is received in combination with the detection result reported by the touch status detection unit (touch status signal or non-touch status signal).
示例性的,处理单元生成遮挡状态信号时若接收到触摸状态信号,则确定光线被遮挡且显示屏的表面接收到传感信号,因此,可以确定显示屏接收到触摸操作。可选的,若遮挡状态信号为down且触摸状态信号为down,则处理单元确定当前触摸物刚接触显示屏的表面,若遮挡状态信号为move且触摸状态信号为down,则处理单元确定当前触摸物已经接触了显示屏的表面且进行移动。此时,处理单元可以将遮挡位置确定为触摸操作的触摸位置。之后,处理单元基于触摸位置对触摸操作进行响应。例如,书写场景下,由处理单元响应书写操作时,处理单元确定触摸操作为书写操作(如触摸位置发生变化)时,处理单元将显示屏的状 态置为书写状态,并根据触摸位置显示对应的书写轨迹。触摸操作为非书写的其他触摸操作(如触摸位置未发生变化)时,处理单元将显示屏的状态置为触摸状态,并根据触摸位置确定触摸操作所针对的显示内容,进而进行对应的响应。再如,书写场景下,由某个具有书写功能的应用程序响应书写操作,且该应用程序当前运行并在显示屏中显示相应的界面,此时,处理单元将接收到的触摸操作和触摸位置等发送至该应用程序,由该应用程序进行响应。Exemplarily, if the processing unit receives a touch status signal when generating an occlusion status signal, it determines that the light is blocked and the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, and therefore, it can be determined that the display screen receives a touch operation. Optionally, if the occlusion status signal is down and the touch status signal is down, the processing unit determines that the current touch object has just touched the surface of the display screen; if the occlusion status signal is move and the touch status signal is down, the processing unit determines that the current touch object has already touched the surface of the display screen and moved. At this time, the processing unit can determine the occlusion position as the touch position of the touch operation. Afterwards, the processing unit responds to the touch operation based on the touch position. For example, in a writing scenario, when the processing unit responds to a writing operation, when the processing unit determines that the touch operation is a writing operation (such as when the touch position changes), the processing unit changes the state of the display screen. The state of the display screen is set to the writing state, and the corresponding writing track is displayed according to the touch position. When the touch operation is other touch operations other than writing (such as the touch position has not changed), the processing unit sets the state of the display screen to the touch state, and determines the display content targeted by the touch operation according to the touch position, and then makes a corresponding response. For another example, in a writing scenario, an application with a writing function responds to the writing operation, and the application is currently running and displays the corresponding interface on the display screen. At this time, the processing unit sends the received touch operation and touch position to the application, and the application responds.
需要说明,步骤110和步骤120的执行时序没有明确的限定,光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元均为实时工作,以使处理单元实时确定是否检测到触摸操作。另外,处理单元可以是一个,也可以是两个或者更多个。当处理单元有两个时,可以采用其中一个来计算遮挡状态信号,另一个结合遮挡状态信号和触摸状态检测单元上报的检测结果(触摸状态信号或非触摸状态信号)判断是否接收到触摸操作。It should be noted that the execution timing of step 110 and step 120 is not clearly defined, and the optical detection unit and the touch state detection unit both work in real time so that the processing unit can determine in real time whether a touch operation is detected. In addition, the processing unit can be one, or two or more. When there are two processing units, one of them can be used to calculate the occlusion state signal, and the other can be used to determine whether a touch operation is received by combining the occlusion state signal and the detection result (touch state signal or non-touch state signal) reported by the touch state detection unit.
上述,通过光学检测单元检测覆盖在显示屏表面的光线的接收情况向处理单元上报遮挡数据信号,触摸状态检测单元对设置在显示屏背面的第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,向处理单元上报触摸状态信号,处理单元根据遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,并根据遮挡状态信号和触摸状态信号确定显示屏接收到触摸操作的技术手段,解决了相关技术中利用光学检测手段检测触摸操作时易出现误检测的技术问题。在光学检测的基础上,增加第一传感器,其中,第一传感器为设置在显示屏背离用户一面的力学传感器或振动传感器,以对触摸显示屏时产生的作用力进行检测,克服了光线与显示屏表面存在一定距离而出现的误检测问题,提高了检测准确率。并且,通过对第一传感器采集的原始信号进行多级放大,可以保证触摸操作以不同力度及不同速度接触显示屏时所带来的信号变化能够被放大到合理的信噪比下,保证了触摸状态信号的准确度,进而进一步提高了检测准确率。并且,通过溢出率进行有效性判断,可以实现选择合理放大级数的放大信号,保证信号被合理放大的同时最大程度保留信号的特征。并且,通过多维度降噪的方式(自相关和时频分析)滤除噪声信号,可以降低噪声信号对检测结果的影响,提高检测准确度。并且,触摸状态检测单元通过多维度融合的方式(即通过峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比)判断显示屏的表面是否接收传感信号,进而确定是否生成触摸状态信号,可以保证传感信号检测的准确性,进而提高触摸操作的检测准确度。In the above, the optical detection unit detects the reception of the light covering the surface of the display screen and reports the occlusion data signal to the processing unit, the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor set on the back of the display screen in real time, and determines based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, reports the touch state signal to the processing unit, and the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determines that the display screen receives the touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal. The technical means solves the technical problem of easy misdetection when using optical detection means to detect touch operations in related technologies. On the basis of optical detection, a first sensor is added, wherein the first sensor is a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor set on the side of the display screen away from the user to detect the force generated when the display screen is touched, overcomes the misdetection problem caused by a certain distance between the light and the surface of the display screen, and improves the detection accuracy. In addition, by multi-stage amplification of the original signal collected by the first sensor, it can be ensured that the signal changes caused by the touch operation contacting the display screen with different forces and different speeds can be amplified to a reasonable signal-to-noise ratio, ensuring the accuracy of the touch state signal, thereby further improving the detection accuracy. Moreover, by judging the validity through the overflow rate, it is possible to select an amplified signal with a reasonable amplification level, ensuring that the signal is reasonably amplified while retaining the characteristics of the signal to the greatest extent. Moreover, by filtering out noise signals through multi-dimensional noise reduction (autocorrelation and time-frequency analysis), the influence of noise signals on the detection results can be reduced, and the detection accuracy can be improved. Moreover, the touch state detection unit determines whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal through multi-dimensional fusion (i.e., through the peak-to-peak value, energy value and energy ratio of the time-frequency point), and then determines whether to generate a touch state signal, which can ensure the accuracy of the sensing signal detection and thus improve the detection accuracy of the touch operation.
本申请一个实施例中,存在处理单元仅接收到触摸状态信号,但未生成遮挡状态信号(即生成非遮挡状态信号)的情况,此时,触摸检测方法还包括:处理单元接收到触摸状态信号且根据遮挡数据信号生成非遮挡状态信号时,确定显示屏未接收到触摸操作。In one embodiment of the present application, there is a situation where the processing unit only receives a touch status signal but does not generate an occlusion status signal (i.e., generates a non-occlusion status signal). At this time, the touch detection method also includes: when the processing unit receives the touch status signal and generates a non-occlusion status signal based on the occlusion data signal, determining that the display screen has not received a touch operation.
可理解,触摸操作必然会遮挡光线,若处理单元根据遮挡数据信号确定当前未有被遮挡 的光线,即没有触摸物靠近或接触显示屏的表面,则生成非遮挡状态信号(即up),此时,无论是否接收到触摸状态信号,处理单元均认为没有检测到触摸操作。此时,若处理单元接收到触摸状态信号但未生成遮挡状态信号(即生成非遮挡状态信号),则可认为触摸状态信号所检测到的传感信号属于噪声干扰,因此,不作处理。It is understandable that the touch operation will inevitably block the light. If the processing unit determines that the light is not currently blocked according to the blocking data signal If there is no light, that is, no touching object is close to or in contact with the surface of the display screen, a non-blocking state signal (i.e., up) is generated. At this time, regardless of whether the touch state signal is received, the processing unit considers that no touch operation is detected. At this time, if the processing unit receives the touch state signal but does not generate a blocking state signal (i.e., generates a non-blocking state signal), it can be considered that the sensing signal detected by the touch state signal belongs to noise interference, and therefore, no processing is performed.
上述,处理单元未生成非遮挡状态信号时,无论是否接收到触摸状态信号,均认为没有检测到触摸操作,避免了因为噪声干扰误生成触摸状态信号时,对触摸操作检测结果的影响,保证了触摸操作的检测准确度。As described above, when the processing unit does not generate a non-occluded state signal, it is considered that no touch operation is detected regardless of whether a touch state signal is received, thereby avoiding the influence of the touch operation detection result when the touch state signal is erroneously generated due to noise interference, and ensuring the detection accuracy of the touch operation.
图2为本申请一个实施例提供的一种触摸检测方法的流程图。该触摸检测方法是在上述实施例的基础上,增加了对仅有遮挡状态信号而没有触摸状态信号的场景的描述。参考图2,该触摸检测方法包括:FIG2 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The touch detection method is based on the above embodiment, and adds a description of the scenario where there is only an occlusion state signal but no touch state signal. Referring to FIG2, the touch detection method includes:
步骤210、光学检测单元根据光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将遮挡数据信号上报至处理单元。执行步骤230。Step 210 : The optical detection unit determines the shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit. Then, step 230 is executed.
步骤220、触摸状态检测单元将第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,基于多级的放大信号确定显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号时,生成非触摸状态信号,将非触摸状态信号上报至处理单元。执行步骤230。Step 220: The touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and generates a non-touch state signal when it is determined based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen has not received the sensing signal, and reports the non-touch state signal to the processing unit. Execute step 230.
触摸状态检测单元持续判断显示屏的表面是否接收到传感信号,并在确定接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号(即down)并上报至处理单元,在确定未接收到传感信号时,生成非触摸状态信号(即up)并上报至处理单元。即触摸状态检测单元持续向处理单元上报当前对于传感信号的检测结果。The touch state detection unit continuously determines whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, and when it is determined that the sensing signal is received, generates a touch state signal (ie, down) and reports it to the processing unit, and when it is determined that the sensing signal is not received, generates a non-touch state signal (ie, up) and reports it to the processing unit. That is, the touch state detection unit continuously reports the current detection result of the sensing signal to the processing unit.
示例性的,触摸状态检测单元对第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,得到多级的放大信号,之后,在多级放大信号中选择一级放大信号,根据所选择的放大信号确定显示屏未接收到传感信号时,生成非触摸状态信号。其中,触摸状态检测单元可以根据各级放大信号的溢出率,选择一级放大信号。该过程可参考前述实施例中步骤122的相关描述。触摸状态检测单元确定所选择放大信号的峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比,若时频点能量占比未大于占比门限,或峰峰值和能量值均小于对应的门限,则确定显示屏未接收到传感信号,并生成非触摸状态信号(即up)。可选的,触摸状态检测单元滤除噪声时,先对所选择的放大信号进行子相关操作,且自相关计算结果的最大值未大于自相关门限,则确定显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号,并生成非触摸状态信号。触摸状态检测单元若在所选择的放大信号中未节选出脉冲形式的信号段,也确定显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号,并生成非触摸状态信号。触摸状态检测单元确定节选出的脉冲形式的信号段在预设频段内的能量值未大于能量阈 值时,也确定显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号,并生成非触摸状态信号。Exemplarily, the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time to obtain a multi-stage amplified signal, and then selects a first-stage amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signal, and generates a non-touch state signal when it is determined that the display screen does not receive the sensor signal according to the selected amplified signal. Among them, the touch state detection unit can select a first-stage amplified signal according to the overflow rate of each stage of the amplified signal. This process can refer to the relevant description of step 122 in the aforementioned embodiment. The touch state detection unit determines the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio of the selected amplified signal. If the time-frequency point energy ratio is not greater than the ratio threshold, or the peak-to-peak value and energy value are both less than the corresponding threshold, it is determined that the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, and a non-touch state signal (ie up) is generated. Optionally, when the touch state detection unit filters out noise, it first performs a sub-correlation operation on the selected amplified signal, and the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is not greater than the autocorrelation threshold, then it is determined that the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, and a non-touch state signal is generated. If the touch state detection unit does not select a pulse-shaped signal segment in the selected amplified signal, it also determines that the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, and generates a non-touch state signal. The touch state detection unit determines that the energy value of the selected pulse signal segment within the preset frequency range is not greater than the energy threshold When the touch signal is not received, it is determined that the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensing signal and a non-touch state signal is generated.
步骤230、处理单元根据当前时刻的遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号且接收到非触摸状态信号时,根据遮挡数据信号确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的实时数量值,并根据实时数量值确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的第一数量变化值,若第一数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,则确定显示屏接收到触摸操作,第二数量阈值大于所述第一数量阈值。Step 230, when the processing unit generates an occlusion status signal according to the occlusion data signal at the current moment and receives a non-touch status signal, it determines the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and determines the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value; if the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, it is determined that the display screen receives a touch operation and the second quantity threshold is greater than the first quantity threshold.
对于处理单元,其检测触摸操作时包括四种情况:1、生成遮挡状态信号,接收到触摸状态信号;1、生成非遮挡状态信号,接收到触摸状态信号;2、生成非遮挡状态信号,接收到非触摸状态信号;4、生成遮挡状态信号,接收到非触摸状态信号。前三种情况的响应方式已经在前面实施例中描述,当前,针对第四种情况进行说明,且检测的触摸操作为移动操作,移动操作是指需要触摸物在显示屏表面进行移动。For the processing unit, there are four situations when it detects touch operations: 1. Generate an occlusion state signal and receive a touch state signal; 1. Generate a non-occlusion state signal and receive a touch state signal; 2. Generate a non-occlusion state signal and receive a non-touch state signal; 4. Generate an occlusion state signal and receive a non-touch state signal. The response methods for the first three situations have been described in the previous embodiments. Currently, the fourth situation is described, and the detected touch operation is a moving operation, which means that the touch object needs to move on the surface of the display screen.
当前,处理单元根据遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号且接收到非触摸状态信号的原因可以是:触摸物遮挡光线但未接触显示屏(如触摸物悬停在显示屏的上面),也可以是:触摸力度太轻使得触摸状态检测单元未检测到传感信号,如触摸物触摸显示屏时的力度变轻或触摸的速度变小时,第一传感器采集的原始信号变化的幅度很小,传感信号容易被淹没在噪声信号中,此时,触摸状态检测单元易误识别为显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号,并生成未触摸状态信号,因此,需要处理单元进一步判断当前是否接收到触摸操作。Currently, the reason why the processing unit generates an occlusion status signal based on the occlusion data signal and receives a non-touch status signal may be: the touch object blocks the light but does not touch the display screen (such as the touch object hovers above the display screen); or the touch force is too light so that the touch status detection unit fails to detect the sensor signal. For example, when the force of the touch object touching the display screen becomes lighter or the touch speed becomes smaller, the amplitude of the change in the original signal collected by the first sensor is very small, and the sensor signal is easily submerged in the noise signal. At this time, the touch status detection unit is easily misidentified as the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensor signal and generates a non-touch status signal. Therefore, the processing unit needs to further determine whether a touch operation is currently received.
当前,触摸物悬停时,触摸物移动很小,被遮挡的光线的数量变化很小,而触摸物接触显示屏进行移动时,被遮挡的光线的数量变化很大,因此,可以通过被遮挡的光线的数量确定是否接收到触摸操作。具体来说,处理单元生成遮挡状态信号时,还基于遮挡数据信号统计被遮挡的光线数量,实施例中,将当前时刻统计得到的被遮挡的光线数量记为被遮挡光线的实时数量值,可理解,处理单元可实时统计实时数量值,并且在未存在遮挡时(即生成非遮挡状态信号时),实时数量值为零。示例性的,统计实时数量值后,计算出当前时刻的实时数量值与前一时刻的实时数量值的差值的绝对值,该差值可体现当前时刻被遮挡光线的数量变化增减程度,实施例中,将该差值的绝对值记为第一数量变化值。之后,将第一数量变化值与第一数量阈值和第二数量阈值进行比较,其中,第一数量阈值和第二数量阈值为结合实际情况设置的数量阈值,第一数量阈值小于第二数量阈值,第一数量阈值可理解为触摸物接触显示屏表面且进行移动时被遮挡光线的数量变化(绝对值)的最小值,第二数量阈值可理解为触摸物刚接触显示屏表面或刚离开显示屏表面时被遮挡光线的数量变化(绝对值)的最小值。处理单元生成遮挡状态信号且接收到非触摸状态信号时,若第一数量变化值大于或 等于第一数量阈值,则说明当前被遮挡光线的数量变化情况满足触摸物在显示屏表面接触且移动时的数量变化情况,即触摸物在显示屏的表面发生了移动,且第一数量变化值小于或等于第二数量阈值,则说明触摸物未离开显示屏表面,因此,第一数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于第二数量阈值时,处理单元认为触摸物接触显示屏表面,即确定接收到触摸操作。Currently, when the touch object is hovering, the touch object moves very little, and the number of blocked light rays changes very little. However, when the touch object contacts the display screen and moves, the number of blocked light rays changes greatly. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether a touch operation is received by the number of blocked light rays. Specifically, when the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal, it also counts the number of blocked light rays based on the occlusion data signal. In an embodiment, the number of blocked light rays counted at the current moment is recorded as the real-time number value of the blocked light rays. It can be understood that the processing unit can count the real-time number value in real time, and when there is no occlusion (i.e., when a non-occlusion state signal is generated), the real-time number value is zero. Exemplarily, after counting the real-time number value, the absolute value of the difference between the real-time number value at the current moment and the real-time number value at the previous moment is calculated. The difference can reflect the degree of increase or decrease in the number of blocked light rays at the current moment. In an embodiment, the absolute value of the difference is recorded as the first quantity change value. Afterwards, the first quantity change value is compared with the first quantity threshold and the second quantity threshold, wherein the first quantity threshold and the second quantity threshold are quantity thresholds set in combination with actual conditions, the first quantity threshold is less than the second quantity threshold, the first quantity threshold can be understood as the minimum value of the quantity change (absolute value) of the blocked light when the touch object contacts the display surface and moves, and the second quantity threshold can be understood as the minimum value of the quantity change (absolute value) of the blocked light when the touch object just contacts the display surface or just leaves the display surface. When the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal and receives a non-touch state signal, if the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold, it indicates that the change in the quantity of the currently blocked light meets the change in quantity when the touch object contacts and moves on the surface of the display screen, that is, the touch object has moved on the surface of the display screen, and the first quantity change value is less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, then it indicates that the touch object has not left the surface of the display screen. Therefore, when the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than the second quantity threshold, the processing unit believes that the touch object contacts the surface of the display screen, that is, determines that the touch operation is received.
一个实施例中,处理单元根据遮挡数据信号确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的实时数量值,并根据实时数量值确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的第一数量变化值后,还可包括:若第一数量变化值小于第一数量阈值,则处理单元确定显示屏未接收到触摸操作。In one embodiment, after the processing unit determines the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and determines the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value, it may also include: if the first quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has not received a touch operation.
示例性的,将第一数量变化值与第一数量阈值和第二数量阈值比较后,若第一数量变化值小于第一数量阈值,则说明当前被遮挡光线的数量变化情况不足以满足触摸物在显示屏表面接触且移动时的数量变化情况(悬停时触摸物移动极小,因此,第一数量变化值很小),因此,处理单元认为触摸物未触摸显示屏表面,即未接收到触摸操作,并放弃响应。Exemplarily, after comparing the first quantity change value with the first quantity threshold and the second quantity threshold, if the first quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, it means that the quantity change of the currently blocked light is not sufficient to meet the quantity change when the touch object contacts and moves on the surface of the display screen (the touch object moves very little when hovering, so the first quantity change value is very small). Therefore, the processing unit believes that the touch object has not touched the surface of the display screen, that is, the touch operation has not been received, and gives up responding.
一个实施例中,处理单元根据遮挡数据信号确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的实时数量值,并根据实时数量值确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的第一数量变化值后,还包括:若第一数量变化值大于第二数量阈值,则处理单元继续计算被遮挡光线在下一时刻的第二数量变化值;若第二数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,则处理单元确定显示屏接收到触摸操作;若第二数量变化值小于第一数量阈值,则处理单元确定显示屏未接收到触摸操作。In one embodiment, after the processing unit determines the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and determines the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value, it also includes: if the first quantity change value is greater than the second quantity threshold, the processing unit continues to calculate the second quantity change value of the blocked light at the next moment; if the second quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has received a touch operation; if the second quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has not received a touch operation.
示例性的,将第一数量变化值与第一数量阈值和第二数量阈值比较后,若第一数量变化值大于第二数量阈值,则说明当前触摸物刚接触显示屏表面,因此,可以认为接收到触摸操作。可选的,触摸物刚悬停在显示屏的表面时,被遮挡光线的数量的变化数量可能也会大于第二数量阈值,如触摸物距离显示屏表面很近时,其遮挡的光线的数量与触摸物接触显示屏表面时遮挡的光线的数量相等或接近,因此,处理单元需要进一步判断触摸物是否接触显示屏。其中,进一步判断时,处理单元结合下一时刻的遮挡数据信号统计下一时刻被遮挡光线的数量,之后,计算下一时刻被遮挡光线的数量和下一时刻的前一时刻(这里为当前时刻)被遮挡光线的数量的差值的绝对值,当前,为了便于区分,将基于下一时刻被遮挡光线的实时数量值和当前时刻被遮挡光线的实时数量值得到的差值的绝对值记为第二数量变化值,之后,将第二数量变化值分别和第一数量阈值和第二数量阈值进行比较,若其大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于第二数量阈值,则说明触摸物在显示屏表面发生移动,因此,处理单元认为接收到触摸操作,可理解,确定接收到触摸操作是处理单元在下一时刻得到的结果,对于当 前时刻而言,处理单元暂时不会生成触摸操作的检测结果。若第二数量变化值小于第一数量阈值,则说明触摸物悬停在显示屏表面之上,因此,处理单元确定未接收到触摸操作。若第二数量变化值大于第二数量阈值,则说明当前时刻被遮挡的光线可能是因为其他因素(非触摸操作)产生的误遮挡,因此,处理单元确定未接收到触摸操作。需要说明,触摸物离开显示屏表面时,也会使得第一数量变化值大于第二数量阈值,此时,可以进一步判断下一时刻被遮挡光线的实时数量值是否为零,若为零,则确定触摸物离开显示屏。因此,方法还可以精确地识别到触摸物离开显示屏的情况,也就是说可以识别到书写过程抬笔的情况。Exemplarily, after comparing the first quantity change value with the first quantity threshold and the second quantity threshold, if the first quantity change value is greater than the second quantity threshold, it means that the current touch object has just touched the surface of the display screen, and therefore, it can be considered that the touch operation is received. Optionally, when the touch object just hovers on the surface of the display screen, the change in the amount of blocked light may also be greater than the second quantity threshold, such as when the touch object is very close to the surface of the display screen, the amount of light blocked by it is equal to or close to the amount of light blocked when the touch object touches the surface of the display screen, and therefore, the processing unit needs to further determine whether the touch object touches the display screen. Among them, when further judging, the processing unit combines the occlusion data signal of the next moment to count the number of blocked light rays at the next moment, and then calculates the absolute value of the difference between the number of blocked light rays at the next moment and the number of blocked light rays at the moment before the next moment (here is the current moment). Currently, for the sake of easy distinction, the absolute value of the difference obtained based on the real-time number value of the blocked light rays at the next moment and the real-time number value of the blocked light rays at the current moment is recorded as the second quantity change value. Then, the second quantity change value is compared with the first quantity threshold and the second quantity threshold respectively. If it is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than the second quantity threshold, it means that the touch object has moved on the surface of the display screen. Therefore, the processing unit believes that a touch operation has been received. It can be understood that determining that a touch operation has been received is the result obtained by the processing unit at the next moment. For when For the previous moment, the processing unit will not generate a detection result of the touch operation temporarily. If the second quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, it means that the touch object is hovering above the surface of the display screen. Therefore, the processing unit determines that no touch operation is received. If the second quantity change value is greater than the second quantity threshold, it means that the light blocked at the current moment may be due to false blocking caused by other factors (non-touch operation). Therefore, the processing unit determines that no touch operation is received. It should be noted that when the touch object leaves the surface of the display screen, the first quantity change value will also be greater than the second quantity threshold. At this time, it can be further determined whether the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the next moment is zero. If it is zero, it is determined that the touch object has left the display screen. Therefore, the method can also accurately identify the situation where the touch object leaves the display screen, that is, it can identify the situation where the pen is lifted during the writing process.
一个实施例中,存在第一数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,但是触摸物仍未接触显示屏的情况,如触摸物悬停在显示屏的表面且进行移动,此时,为了保证触摸操作的检测准确度,处理单元可以进行进一步的判断。据此,触摸状态检测单元对第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,得到多级的放大信号之后,还包括:触摸状态检测单元在多级放大信号中选择第三数量的放大信号,第三数量为至少两个,第三数量的放大信号为放大级数连续的放大信号。若第一数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,则处理单元确定显示屏接收到触摸操作,可包括:若第一数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,则处理单元指示触摸状态检测单元重新选择第三数量的放大信号并在第三数量的放大信号中选择一级放大信号,根据所选择的放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号,生成触摸状态信号,将触摸状态信号上报至处理单元,重新选择的放大信号的放大级数大于重新选择前的放大信号的放大级数;处理单元根据遮挡状态信号和触摸状态信号确定显示屏接收到触摸操作。In one embodiment, there is a situation where the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, but the touch object still does not touch the display screen, such as the touch object hovers on the surface of the display screen and moves. At this time, in order to ensure the detection accuracy of the touch operation, the processing unit can make further judgments. Accordingly, after the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time and obtains the multi-stage amplified signal, it also includes: the touch state detection unit selects a third number of amplified signals from the multi-stage amplified signal, the third number is at least two, and the third number of amplified signals are amplified signals with continuous amplification levels. If the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has received a touch operation, which may include: if the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, the processing unit instructs the touch state detection unit to reselect the third number of amplified signals and select a first-level amplified signal from the third number of amplified signals, determines that the surface of the display screen has received the sensing signal according to the selected amplified signal, generates a touch state signal, reports the touch state signal to the processing unit, and the amplification level of the reselected amplified signal is greater than the amplification level of the amplified signal before reselection; the processing unit determines that the display screen has received a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
示例性的,进一步判断时,为了保证触摸操作被准确的识别出来,可以改变当前使用的放大级数,以保证传感信号被准确的放大出来并被检测到。具体来说,触摸状态检测单元在多级放大信号中选择第三数量的放大信号的过程可参考触摸状态检测单元在多级放大信号中选择第一数量的放大信号的过程,第三数量可以根据实际情况设置,第三数量可以等于第一数量。处理单元确定第一数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值时,指示触摸状态检测单元在全部放大信号中,重新选择第三数量的放大信号,其中,重新选择的过程可参考步骤120中重新选择第一数量的放大信号的相关描述。重新选择的放大信号的放大级数一般大于或部分大于之前选择的放大信号的放大级数,即提高了放大倍数,使得传感信号被捕捉放大出来,之后,触摸状态检测单元在重新选择的各放大信号中再次选择一级放大信号,并选择基于所选择的放大信号确定显示屏的表面是否接收到传感信号,并在确定显示屏接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号并上报至处理单元,此时,处理单元可以 基于触摸状态信号和遮挡状态信号确定接收到触摸操作。触摸状态检测单元确定显示屏的表面未接收到传感信号时,生成非触摸状态信号并上报至处理单元,此时,处理单元可以基于非触摸状态信号和遮挡状态信号继续判断是否接收到触摸操作。可理解,若触摸状态检测单元已经重新选择过全部的放大信号,但仍未检测出传感信号,则处理单元确定未接收到触摸操作。Exemplarily, during further judgment, in order to ensure that the touch operation is accurately identified, the currently used amplification level can be changed to ensure that the sensing signal is accurately amplified and detected. Specifically, the process of the touch state detection unit selecting the third number of amplified signals from the multi-level amplified signals can refer to the process of the touch state detection unit selecting the first number of amplified signals from the multi-level amplified signals. The third number can be set according to actual conditions, and the third number can be equal to the first number. When the processing unit determines that the first number change value is greater than or equal to the first number threshold and less than or equal to the second number threshold, it instructs the touch state detection unit to reselect the third number of amplified signals from all amplified signals, wherein the reselection process can refer to the relevant description of reselecting the first number of amplified signals in step 120. The amplification level of the reselected amplified signal is generally greater than or partially greater than the amplification level of the previously selected amplified signal, that is, the amplification factor is increased, so that the sensing signal is captured and amplified. Afterwards, the touch state detection unit selects a first-level amplified signal again from each reselected amplified signal, and selects to determine whether the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the selected amplified signal, and when it is determined that the display screen receives the sensing signal, generates a touch state signal and reports it to the processing unit. At this time, the processing unit can Determine whether a touch operation is received based on the touch state signal and the occlusion state signal. When the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen does not receive the sensing signal, it generates a non-touch state signal and reports it to the processing unit. At this time, the processing unit can continue to determine whether a touch operation is received based on the non-touch state signal and the occlusion state signal. It is understandable that if the touch state detection unit has reselected all the amplified signals but still has not detected the sensing signal, the processing unit determines that the touch operation is not received.
可选的,重新选择放大级数的过程也可以在生成遮挡状态信号但接收到非触摸状态信号时执行,即先重新选择不同放大级数对应的放大信号,并确定是否检测出传感信号,若已经重新选择过全部的放大信号,但仍未检测出传感信号,则处理单元计算第一数量变化值,并结合第一数量阈值和第二数量阈值确定是否接收到触摸操作。Optionally, the process of reselecting the amplification level can also be executed when an occlusion state signal is generated but a non-touch state signal is received, that is, the amplified signal corresponding to the different amplification levels is first reselected, and it is determined whether the sensor signal is detected. If all the amplified signals have been reselected but the sensor signal is still not detected, the processing unit calculates the first quantity change value, and determines whether a touch operation is received in combination with the first quantity threshold and the second quantity threshold.
需要说明,触摸物离开显示屏时,触摸状态检测单元检测不到传感信号,此时,触摸状态检测单元可以进一步确定所选择的放大信号的能量值,之后,将当前确定的能量值和前一时刻所选择的放大信号的能量值进行比较,以确定放大信号的能量衰减是否符合触摸物离开显示屏表面时的衰减规律。可理解,触摸物离开显示屏时,第一传感器采集的原始信号的能量会大幅衰减。如果放大信号的能量衰减符合触摸物离开显示屏时的衰减规律,则触摸状态检测单元生成非触摸状态信号并将放大信号的能量衰减符合触摸物离开显示屏时的衰减规律一同通知给处理单元。如果放大信号的能量衰减不符合触摸物离开显示屏时的衰减规律,则可能是触摸物触摸的速度较慢(即缓慢移动)或者是触摸物触摸显示屏表面的力度很轻,此时,触摸状态检测单元非生成触摸状态信号并将放大信号的能量衰减不符合触摸物离开显示屏时的衰减规律一同通知给处理单元。处理单元接收到非触摸状态信号且生成遮挡状态信号时,如果接收到触摸状态检测单元发送的放大信号的能量衰减符合触摸物离开显示屏时的衰减规律,则处理单元确定未接收到触摸操作,如果接收到触摸状态检测单元发送的放大信号的能量衰减不符合触摸物离开显示屏时的衰减规律,则处理单元计算第一数量变化值,并结合第一数量变化值确定是否接收到触摸操作。It should be noted that when the touch object leaves the display screen, the touch state detection unit cannot detect the sensing signal. At this time, the touch state detection unit can further determine the energy value of the selected amplified signal, and then compare the currently determined energy value with the energy value of the amplified signal selected at the previous moment to determine whether the energy attenuation of the amplified signal conforms to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen surface. It can be understood that when the touch object leaves the display screen, the energy of the original signal collected by the first sensor will be greatly attenuated. If the energy attenuation of the amplified signal conforms to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen, the touch state detection unit generates a non-touch state signal and notifies the processing unit that the energy attenuation of the amplified signal conforms to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen. If the energy attenuation of the amplified signal does not conform to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen, it may be that the touch object touches at a slow speed (i.e., moves slowly) or the touch object touches the display screen surface with a very light force. At this time, the touch state detection unit does not generate a touch state signal and notifies the processing unit that the energy attenuation of the amplified signal does not conform to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen. When the processing unit receives a non-touch state signal and generates an occlusion state signal, if the energy attenuation of the amplified signal sent by the touch state detection unit conforms to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen, the processing unit determines that no touch operation is received; if the energy attenuation of the amplified signal sent by the touch state detection unit does not conform to the attenuation law when the touch object leaves the display screen, the processing unit calculates a first quantity change value, and determines whether a touch operation is received in combination with the first quantity change value.
上述,通过光学检测单元根据接收的光线信号生成遮挡数据信号并向处理单元上报遮挡数据信号,触摸状态检测单元根据设置在显示屏玻璃面板背离面的第一传感器检测到显示屏未接收到传感信号时,向处理单元上报非触摸状态信号,处理单元根据遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号且接收到非触摸状态信号时,结合被遮挡光线的数量的变化情况确定显示屏是否接收到触摸操作的技术手段,可以实现检测校正,当触摸显示屏的力度较轻时,可以结合触摸位置的变化速度或者是改变放大级数,来进一步检测触摸操作,提高了触摸操作的检测准确度。并且,当被遮挡光线的数量的变化情况符合触摸物在显示屏表面移动时的被遮挡光线 的数量的变化情况时,还可通过重新选择放大信号放大级数的方式进一步判断是否检测到传感信号,以进一步提高触摸操作的检测准确性,而且可以准确识别到触摸物离开触摸显示屏的情况,提高书写过程触摸装状态的检测精度。As described above, the optical detection unit generates an occlusion data signal according to the received light signal and reports the occlusion data signal to the processing unit. When the touch state detection unit detects that the display screen has not received the sensor signal according to the first sensor set on the side facing away from the glass panel of the display screen, it reports a non-touch state signal to the processing unit. When the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal and receives the non-touch state signal, the technical means for determining whether the display screen has received a touch operation is combined with the change in the amount of blocked light. This can achieve detection correction. When the force of touching the display screen is light, the touch operation can be further detected by combining the change speed of the touch position or changing the amplification level, thereby improving the detection accuracy of the touch operation. In addition, when the change in the amount of blocked light meets the blocked light when the touch object moves on the surface of the display screen. When the number of changes occurs, it is possible to further determine whether the sensing signal is detected by reselecting the amplification level of the signal, so as to further improve the detection accuracy of the touch operation, and accurately identify the situation where the touched object leaves the touch display screen, thereby improving the detection accuracy of the touch device state during the writing process.
本申请一个实施例中,触摸物刚接触显示屏到进行控制(如移动)时,会存在一个短暂的停顿(即触摸物短暂的静止),如触摸物在显示屏中书写时,从落笔到开始书写之间会存在短暂的停顿。短暂的停顿会使得显示屏接收到的应力或产生的振动变小(即传感信号变小),进而使得触摸状态检测单元未检测出传感信号而生成非触摸状态信号。此时,处理单元会生成遮挡状态信号且接收到非触摸状态信号。并且,停顿期间,第一数量变化值会小于第一数量阈值,因此,处理单元会认为未接收到触摸操作,这种情况下,为了避免停顿期间对触摸操作的影响,需要触摸状态检测单元针对触摸物刚接触显示屏时的停顿期间进行额外处理,一个实施例中,触摸状态检测单元基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将触摸状态信号上报至处理单元包括:触摸状态检测单元基于多级的放大信号确定显示屏的表面在当前时刻接收到传感信号且前一时刻未接收到传感信号时,确定触摸开始并生成触摸状态信号,将触摸状态信号上报至处理单元;触摸状态检测单元进入静止阶段,静止阶段中触摸状态检测单元停止进行传感信号的检测,并停止向处理单元上报检测结果;触摸状态检测单元确定静止阶段的持续时长达到第一时长时,结束静止阶段,并继续根据第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将触摸状态信号上报至处理单元。相应的,触摸检测方法还包括:在静止阶段内,处理单元根据遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号且未接收到触摸状态检测单元上报的检测结果时,确定显示屏接收到触摸操作。In one embodiment of the present application, there is a short pause (i.e., the touch object is briefly still) from the time the touch object first touches the display screen to the time the control (e.g., movement) is performed. For example, when the touch object writes on the display screen, there is a short pause from the time the pen is put down to the time the writing begins. The short pause will reduce the stress received by the display screen or the vibration generated (i.e., the sensing signal becomes smaller), thereby causing the touch state detection unit to fail to detect the sensing signal and generate a non-touch state signal. At this time, the processing unit will generate an occlusion state signal and receive a non-touch state signal. Furthermore, during the pause period, the first quantity change value will be less than the first quantity threshold, so the processing unit will consider that no touch operation is received. In this case, in order to avoid the influence of the pause period on the touch operation, the touch state detection unit needs to perform additional processing for the pause period when the touch object just contacts the display screen. In one embodiment, when the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal based on the multi-level amplified signal, the touch state signal is generated, and the touch state signal is reported to the processing unit, including: when the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal at the current moment and does not receive the sensor signal at the previous moment based on the multi-level amplified signal, the touch starts and generates the touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit; the touch state detection unit enters a static phase, and the touch state detection unit stops detecting the sensor signal in the static phase and stops reporting the detection result to the processing unit; when the touch state detection unit determines that the duration of the static phase reaches the first duration, the static phase ends, and continues to perform multi-level amplification according to the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor, and when the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal based on the multi-level amplified signal, the touch state signal is generated, and the touch state signal is reported to the processing unit. Correspondingly, the touch detection method further includes: in the static stage, when the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal and does not receive a detection result reported by the touch state detection unit, determining that the display screen receives a touch operation.
示例性的,触摸状态检测单元确定当前时刻显示屏表面接收到传感信号时,可以确定传感信号是触摸物刚接触显示屏时的传感信号,还是触摸物在显示屏上移动时的传感信号。可理解,触摸状态检测单元在当前时刻检测出传感信号且在前一时刻未检测出传感信号时,可以认为前一时刻触摸物未接触显示屏表面,当前时刻触摸物接触了显示屏表面,即当前时刻触摸物刚接触显示屏(即触摸开始),此时,触摸状态检测单元生成触摸状态信号并上报至处理单元,以使处理单元确定是否检测到触摸操作,触摸状态检测单元并进入静止阶段。Exemplarily, when the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives a sensing signal at the current moment, it can determine whether the sensing signal is a sensing signal when the touch object just touches the display screen, or a sensing signal when the touch object moves on the display screen. It can be understood that when the touch state detection unit detects a sensing signal at the current moment and does not detect a sensing signal at the previous moment, it can be considered that the touch object did not touch the surface of the display screen at the previous moment, and the touch object touches the surface of the display screen at the current moment, that is, the touch object just touches the display screen at the current moment (that is, the touch starts), at this time, the touch state detection unit generates a touch state signal and reports it to the processing unit, so that the processing unit determines whether a touch operation is detected, and the touch state detection unit enters a static stage.
需要说明,触摸物刚接触显示屏时,力度比较大,传感信号较明显,容易被触摸状态检测单元检测出来,因此,触摸状态检测单元还可以通过检测放大信号的能量值、时频点能量占比等检测出当前的传感信号是触摸物刚接触显示屏时的传感信号,还是触摸物在显示屏上移动时的传感信号,如触摸物刚接触显示屏时能量值大于移动时的能量值,或者是,触摸物 刚接触显示屏时时频点能量占比大于移动时的时频点能量占比。It should be noted that when the touch object just touches the display screen, the force is relatively large, the sensor signal is relatively obvious, and it is easy to be detected by the touch state detection unit. Therefore, the touch state detection unit can also detect whether the current sensor signal is a sensor signal when the touch object just touches the display screen, or a sensor signal when the touch object moves on the display screen by detecting the energy value of the amplified signal, the energy proportion of the time-frequency point, etc. For example, the energy value when the touch object just touches the display screen is greater than the energy value when it moves, or the touch object The energy proportion of the time-frequency point when just touching the display screen is greater than that of the time-frequency point when moving.
触摸状态检测单元进入静止阶段后,不会再检测传感信号,并且不会生成触摸状态信号和非触摸状态信号。处理单元不会接收到触摸状态信号和非触摸状态信号,此时,处理单元也可以确定触摸状态检测单元进入了静止阶段。可选的,处理单元未接收到触摸状态检测单元上报的检测结果时,若生成遮挡状态信号,则确定触摸物与显示屏表面接触后还在持续遮挡光线,因此,确定检测到触摸操作,若未生成遮挡状态信号,则确定触摸物与显示屏表面接触后未持续遮挡光线(如点击操作时,触摸物落笔后很快就离开显示屏),因此,当处理单元未生成遮挡状态信号时,确定未检测到触摸操作。由此可知,处理单元未接到触摸状态检测单元上报的任何信号时,依靠光学检测单元上报的遮挡数据信号实现触摸操作的检测。After the touch state detection unit enters the static stage, it will no longer detect the sensing signal, and will not generate the touch state signal and the non-touch state signal. The processing unit will not receive the touch state signal and the non-touch state signal. At this time, the processing unit can also determine that the touch state detection unit has entered the static stage. Optionally, when the processing unit does not receive the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit, if the blocking state signal is generated, it is determined that the touch object continues to block the light after contacting the surface of the display screen, and therefore, it is determined that the touch operation is detected. If the blocking state signal is not generated, it is determined that the touch object does not continue to block the light after contacting the surface of the display screen (such as during the click operation, the touch object leaves the display screen soon after the pen is put down). Therefore, when the processing unit does not generate the blocking state signal, it is determined that the touch operation is not detected. It can be seen that when the processing unit does not receive any signal reported by the touch state detection unit, the detection of the touch operation is realized by relying on the blocking data signal reported by the optical detection unit.
示例性的,触摸状态检测单元进入静止阶段后,开始计时,以确定静止阶段的持续时长,之后,在持续时长达到第一时长时,结束静止阶段。其中,第一时长是触摸物接触显示屏时短暂的停顿持续的时长,其可以采用经验值。持续时长达到第一时长时,说明短暂的停顿已经结束,此时,触摸状态检测单元继续开始检测传感信号,即基于当前第一传感器采集的原始信号再次确定显示屏是否接收到传感信号,并在确定显示屏接收到传感信号时,继续生成触摸状态信号并上报至处理单元,在确定显示屏未接收到传感信号时,继续生成非触摸状态信号并上报至处理单元,此时,处理单元再次接收到触摸状态检测单元上报的检测结果时,可以继续基于触摸状态检测单元上报的检测结果和光学检测单元上报的遮挡数据信号确定是否检测到触摸操作。可选的,触摸状态检测单元检测的传感信号不是触摸物刚接触显示屏时的传感信号时,不会进入静止阶段。Exemplarily, after the touch state detection unit enters the static phase, it starts timing to determine the duration of the static phase, and then ends the static phase when the duration reaches the first duration. The first duration is the duration of a short pause when the touch object contacts the display screen, which can be an empirical value. When the duration reaches the first duration, it means that the short pause has ended. At this time, the touch state detection unit continues to detect the sensor signal, that is, based on the original signal collected by the current first sensor, it determines again whether the display screen receives the sensor signal, and when it is determined that the display screen receives the sensor signal, it continues to generate a touch state signal and reports it to the processing unit. When it is determined that the display screen does not receive the sensor signal, it continues to generate a non-touch state signal and reports it to the processing unit. At this time, when the processing unit receives the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit again, it can continue to determine whether a touch operation is detected based on the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit and the occlusion data signal reported by the optical detection unit. Optionally, when the sensor signal detected by the touch state detection unit is not the sensor signal when the touch object just contacts the display screen, it will not enter the static phase.
需要说明,实际应用中,交互平板可以在三种方式(重新选择放大信号、基于被遮挡光线的数量的变化情况以及进入静止阶段)中选择一种方式应用,也可以选择多种方式应用,例如,处理单元未接到触摸状态检测单元上报的任何信号时,依靠光学检测单元实现触摸操作的检测,处理单元接收到非触摸状态信号并生成遮挡状态信号时,指示触摸状态检测单元重新选择放大信号。或者是,处理单元接收到非触摸状态信号并生成遮挡状态信号时,结合被遮挡光线的数量的变化情况实现触摸操作的检测,并在检测过程中还可以重新选择放大信号。It should be noted that in actual applications, the interactive tablet can select one of the three methods (reselecting the amplified signal, based on the change in the number of blocked light rays, and entering the static stage) for application, or multiple methods can be selected for application. For example, when the processing unit does not receive any signal reported by the touch state detection unit, the optical detection unit is relied on to detect the touch operation. When the processing unit receives a non-touch state signal and generates an occlusion state signal, the touch state detection unit is instructed to reselect the amplified signal. Alternatively, when the processing unit receives a non-touch state signal and generates an occlusion state signal, the touch operation is detected in combination with the change in the number of blocked light rays, and the amplified signal can be reselected during the detection process.
上述,触摸状态检测单元确定显示屏的表面在当前时刻接收到传感信号且前一时刻未接收到传感信号后,进入静止阶段,静止阶段持续过程中,触摸状态检测单元不再上报任何检测结果,处理单元未接到触摸状态检测单元上报的检测结果时,依靠光学检测单元实现触摸操作的检测,可以避免触摸物从落笔到移动之间短暂的停顿使得显示屏接收到的传感信号变 小时,对触摸操作检测结果的影响,提高了触摸检测准确度。As described above, after the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal at the current moment and does not receive the sensor signal at the previous moment, it enters the static stage. During the static stage, the touch state detection unit no longer reports any detection result. When the processing unit does not receive the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit, it relies on the optical detection unit to detect the touch operation, which can avoid the short pause between the touch object from the pen falling to the movement causing the sensor signal received by the display screen to become hours, the impact on the touch operation detection results, and improved the touch detection accuracy.
下面对本申请实施例提供的触摸检测方法进行示例性描述。图3为本申请一个实施例提供的一种显示屏正面示意图,图4为本申请一个实施例提供的一种显示屏背面示意图。参考图3,显示屏1正面(呈像的一面)的边缘设置有光学检测单元12,光学检测单元12的光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在显示屏1的表面并由光学检测单元的光线接收器接收。参考图4,显示屏1背面对应于显示屏1与交互平板后壳之间的部分。显示屏1的背面设置有触摸状态检测单元13的第一传感器131和处理单元14,触摸状态检测单元13还设置有多级放大电路132和信号处理单元(即触摸检测处理子单元)133。其中,多级放大电路由三个放大器组成。需要说明,第一传感器131贴合在显示屏的玻璃面板背面,其他的器件如处理单元14、多级放大电路132和信号处理单元133安装在交互平板的内部,但可以不贴合在玻璃面板上。The touch detection method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described exemplarily below. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the front of a display screen provided by an embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the back of a display screen provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 3, an optical detection unit 12 is provided at the edge of the front (image-presenting) side of the display screen 1, and each light emitted by the light emitter of the optical detection unit 12 covers the surface of the display screen 1 and is received by the light receiver of the optical detection unit. Referring to FIG. 4, the back of the display screen 1 corresponds to the part between the display screen 1 and the back shell of the interactive flat panel. The back of the display screen 1 is provided with a first sensor 131 and a processing unit 14 of a touch state detection unit 13, and the touch state detection unit 13 is also provided with a multi-stage amplifier circuit 132 and a signal processing unit (i.e., a touch detection processing subunit) 133. Among them, the multi-stage amplifier circuit is composed of three amplifiers. It should be noted that the first sensor 131 is attached to the back of the glass panel of the display screen, and other devices such as the processing unit 14, the multi-stage amplifier circuit 132 and the signal processing unit 133 are installed inside the interactive flat panel, but may not be attached to the glass panel.
用户使用触摸笔在显示屏中书写时,仅使用光学检测单元识别触摸操作时,书写轨迹如图5所示。图5中,“天”字的第一笔和第二笔相距较近,用户书写过程中,触摸笔离开显示屏的动作不明显,此时,触摸笔虽未接触显示屏但仍遮挡光线,处理单元会持续接收到遮挡状态信号,并基于遮挡状态信号确定检测到触摸操作,基于遮挡位置绘制对应的书写轨迹。When the user uses a touch pen to write on the display screen, and only the optical detection unit is used to identify the touch operation, the writing trajectory is shown in Figure 5. In Figure 5, the first and second strokes of the character "天" are close to each other. During the user's writing process, the movement of the touch pen leaving the display screen is not obvious. At this time, although the touch pen does not touch the display screen, it still blocks the light. The processing unit will continue to receive the blocking state signal, and determine that the touch operation is detected based on the blocking state signal, and draw the corresponding writing trajectory based on the blocking position.
用户使用触摸笔在显示屏中书写与图5相同的内容时,使用光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元一同识别触摸操作,此时,用户书写“天”字时,第一笔和第二笔之间,由于触摸笔离开了显示屏,因此,触摸状态检测单元生成非触摸状态信号,此时,处理单元接收到非触摸状态信号并生成遮挡状态信号,之后,确定第一数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值时,处理单元指示触摸状态检测单元重新选择多个不同级数的放大信号,若在重新选择后,触摸状态检测单元仍检测不到传感信号,则处理单元确定未检测到触摸操作,此时,书写轨迹如图6所示。相比于图5所示的书写轨迹,图6所示的书写轨迹更符合用户的实际书写。When the user uses the touch pen to write the same content as in FIG5 on the display screen, the optical detection unit and the touch state detection unit are used to identify the touch operation together. At this time, when the user writes the word "天", between the first stroke and the second stroke, the touch pen leaves the display screen, so the touch state detection unit generates a non-touch state signal. At this time, the processing unit receives the non-touch state signal and generates a blocking state signal. After that, when it is determined that the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, the processing unit instructs the touch state detection unit to reselect a plurality of different levels of amplification signals. If the touch state detection unit still cannot detect the sensing signal after reselection, the processing unit determines that no touch operation is detected. At this time, the writing trajectory is shown in FIG6. Compared with the writing trajectory shown in FIG5, the writing trajectory shown in FIG6 is more consistent with the actual writing of the user.
本申请一个实施例还提供一种触摸检测方法,该触摸检测方法可以由触摸检测设备执行,触摸检测设备可以通过软件和/或硬件的方式实现,该触摸检测设备可以是两个或多个物理实体构成,也可以是一个物理实体构成。触摸检测设备可以是交互平板、平板电脑、智能电视等具有触控功能的电子设备。一个实施例中,以触摸检测设备为交互平板,示例性描述触摸检测方法。交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,光学 检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在显示屏的表面并由光线接收器接收,触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,第一传感器设置在显示屏背离用户的一面。An embodiment of the present application also provides a touch detection method, which can be executed by a touch detection device. The touch detection device can be implemented by software and/or hardware. The touch detection device can be composed of two or more physical entities, or it can be composed of one physical entity. The touch detection device can be an electronic device with touch function, such as an interactive tablet, a tablet computer, a smart TV, etc. In one embodiment, the touch detection method is described by way of example, taking the touch detection device as an interactive tablet. The interactive tablet includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit. The optical detection unit is a touch state detection unit. The detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver. Each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver. The touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor. The first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor. The first sensor is arranged on the side of the display screen facing away from the user.
本实施例所提及的交互平板与前述实施例中的交互平板的区别在于,本实施例中,交互平板中的触摸状态检测单元将第一传感器采集到的原始信号进行多级放大后,将多级的放大信号发送至处理单元,由处理单元根据多级的放大信号确定生成触摸状态信号或非触摸状态信号。即触摸状态检测单元包括第一传感器和多级放大电路,不再包括触摸检测处理子单元。对应的,处理单元包括的中央处理器可以具备对多级放大信号进行处理,以检测传感信号的功能,或者是,处理单元还包括触摸检测处理子单元,由触摸检测处理子单元接收触摸状态检测单元发送的多级放大信号并基于多级放大信号检测传感信号功能,此时,处理单元可以包括触摸检测处理子单元和中央处理器(用于生成遮挡状态信号以及确定是否接收到触摸操作),或者包括触摸检测子单元、中央处理器(用于确定是否接收到触摸操作)和光学检测处理子单元(用于生成遮挡状态信号),基于此,图7为本申请一个实施例提供的的一种触摸检测方法的流程图。参考图7,该交互平板执行触摸检测方法时包括如下步骤:The difference between the interactive tablet mentioned in this embodiment and the interactive tablet in the above-mentioned embodiment is that, in this embodiment, the touch state detection unit in the interactive tablet performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor, and then sends the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit, and the processing unit determines to generate a touch state signal or a non-touch state signal according to the multi-stage amplified signal. That is, the touch state detection unit includes the first sensor and the multi-stage amplification circuit, and no longer includes the touch detection processing subunit. Correspondingly, the central processing unit included in the processing unit can have the function of processing the multi-stage amplified signal to detect the sensor signal, or the processing unit also includes a touch detection processing subunit, and the touch detection processing subunit receives the multi-stage amplified signal sent by the touch state detection unit and detects the sensor signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal. In this case, the processing unit may include a touch detection processing subunit and a central processing unit (for generating an occlusion state signal and determining whether a touch operation is received), or includes a touch detection subunit, a central processing unit (for determining whether a touch operation is received) and an optical detection processing subunit (for generating an occlusion state signal). Based on this, FIG. 7 is a flow chart of a touch detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 7 , the interactive tablet performs the touch detection method including the following steps:
步骤310、光学检测单元根据光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将遮挡数据信号上报至处理单元。Step 310: The optical detection unit determines a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit.
步骤320、触摸状态检测单元将第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并将多级的放大信号发送至处理单元;Step 320: the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor, and sends the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
步骤330、处理单元根据遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,根据放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时生成触摸状态信号,根据遮挡状态信号和触摸状态信号确定显示屏接收到触摸操作。Step 330: The processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the amplified signal, and determines that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
需要说明,本实施例中未描述的技术细节可参考前述实施例的相关描述,区别仅在于,前述实施例中由触摸状态检测单元中触摸检测处理子单元执行的内容在本实施例中由处理单元执行。本实施例具备与前述实施例相同的功能和有益效果,当前不作赘述。It should be noted that the technical details not described in this embodiment can refer to the relevant description of the previous embodiment, and the only difference is that the content executed by the touch detection processing subunit in the touch state detection unit in the previous embodiment is executed by the processing unit in this embodiment. This embodiment has the same functions and beneficial effects as the previous embodiment, and will not be described in detail at present.
图8为本申请一个实施例提供的一种触摸检测装置的结构示意图。该触摸检测装置应用于交互平板,交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在显示屏的表面并由光线接收器接收,触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,第一传感器设置在显示屏背离用户的一面。参考图8,触摸检测装置包 括:第一检测模块401、第二检测模块402、第三检测模块403。FIG8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a touch detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The touch detection device is applied to an interactive tablet, which includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit. The optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver. Each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver. The touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, which includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor. The first sensor is arranged on the side of the display screen facing away from the user. Referring to FIG8, the touch detection device includes It includes: a first detection module 401, a second detection module 402, and a third detection module 403.
其中,第一检测模块401,配置于光学检测单元,用于根据光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将遮挡数据信号上报至处理单元;第二检测模块402,配置于触摸状态检测单元,用于将第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将触摸状态信号上报至处理单元;第三检测模块403,配置于处理单元,用于根据遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,并根据遮挡状态信号和触摸状态信号确定显示屏接收到触摸操作。Among them, the first detection module 401 is configured in the optical detection unit, and is used to determine the occlusion data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and report the occlusion data signal to the processing unit; the second detection module 402 is configured in the touch state detection unit, and is used to amplify the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time in multiple stages, and determine based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generate a touch state signal, and report the touch state signal to the processing unit; the third detection module 403 is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determine that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
一个实施例中,第二检测模块302包括:第一多级放大子模块,用于对第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,得到多级的放大信号;信号选择子模块,用于在多级放大信号中选择一级放大信号;信号生成子模块,用于根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号;信号上报子模块,用于将触摸状态信号上报至处理单元。In one embodiment, the second detection module 302 includes: a first multi-stage amplification submodule, used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time to obtain a multi-stage amplified signal; a signal selection submodule, used to select a first-stage amplified signal from the multi-stage amplified signal; a signal generation submodule, used to determine that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, and generate a touch state signal; a signal reporting submodule, used to report the touch state signal to the processing unit.
一个实施例中,信号选择子模块包括:溢出率确定孙模块,用于确定每级放大信号的溢出率;溢出率选择孙模块,用于根据各级放大信号的溢出率,选择小于溢出率门限的一级放大信号。In one embodiment, the signal selection submodule includes: an overflow rate determination submodule for determining the overflow rate of each stage of amplified signals; and an overflow rate selection submodule for selecting a stage of amplified signals that is less than an overflow rate threshold according to the overflow rates of the amplified signals at each stage.
一个实施例中,溢出率确定孙模块包括:模数转换重孙模块,用于分别对每级放大信号进行模数转换,得到每级所述放大信号对应的数字化放大信号;统计重孙模块,用于统计每级所述数字化放大信号中信号值达到量化阈值的信号点数量;计算重孙模块,用于根据每级数字化放大信号中信号值达到量化阈值的信号点数量和每级数字化放大信号的信号点总数量,确定每级数字化放大信号的溢出率。In one embodiment, the overflow rate determination module includes: an analog-to-digital conversion great-grandson module, which is used to perform analog-to-digital conversion on each stage of the amplified signal to obtain a digitized amplified signal corresponding to each stage of the amplified signal; a statistical great-grandson module, which is used to count the number of signal points in the digitized amplified signal of each stage whose signal value reaches the quantization threshold; and a calculation great-grandson module, which is used to determine the overflow rate of each stage of the digitized amplified signal according to the number of signal points in the digitized amplified signal of each stage whose signal value reaches the quantization threshold and the total number of signal points of the digitized amplified signal of each stage.
一个实施例中,溢出率选择孙模块具体用于:在各溢出率中确定小于且最接近溢出率门限的溢出率,将所确定的溢出率对应的数字化放大信号作为当前选择的一级放大信号,所述数字化放大信号为对应放大信号模数转换后得到的信号。In one embodiment, the overflow rate selection module is specifically used to: determine the overflow rate that is less than and closest to the overflow rate threshold among the overflow rates, and use the digitized amplified signal corresponding to the determined overflow rate as the currently selected first-level amplified signal, wherein the digitized amplified signal is a signal obtained after analog-to-digital conversion of the corresponding amplified signal.
一个实施例中,所述装置还包括:第一选择模块,配置于触摸状态检测单元,用于对第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,得到多级的放大信号之后,在多级放大信号中选择第一数量的放大信号,第一数量为至少两个,第一数量的放大信号为放大级数连续的放大信号;第一重选模块,配置于触摸状态检测单元,用于确定所述第一数量的放大信号中,高于溢出率范围的溢出率数量超过第二数量时,重新选择第一数量的放大信号,且重新选择的放大信号中超出溢出率范围的溢出率数量未超过第二数量;或者,确定第一数量的放大信号中,低于溢出率范围的溢出率数量超过第二数量时,重新选择第一数量的放大信号,且重 新选择的放大信号中超出溢出率范围的溢出率数量未超过所述第二数量。In one embodiment, the device further includes: a first selection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and after obtaining the multi-stage amplified signals, selecting a first number of amplified signals from the multi-stage amplified signals, wherein the first number is at least two, and the first number of amplified signals are amplified signals with continuous amplification stages; a first reselection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for determining that when the number of overflow rates higher than the overflow rate range among the first number of amplified signals exceeds the second number, the first number of amplified signals are reselected, and the number of overflow rates exceeding the overflow rate range among the reselected amplified signals does not exceed the second number; or, when the number of overflow rates lower than the overflow rate range among the first number of amplified signals exceeds the second number, the first number of amplified signals are reselected, and the first number of amplified signals are reselected. The number of overflow rates exceeding the overflow rate range in the newly selected amplified signal does not exceed the second number.
一个实施例中,所述信号特征参数包括峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比,信号生成子模块包括:参数确定孙模块,用于确定所选择放大信号的峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比;外力确定孙模块,用于确定峰峰值大于峰峰值门限或能量值大于能量门限,且时频点能量占比大于占比门限时,确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号,生成触摸状态信号。In one embodiment, the signal characteristic parameters include peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio, and the signal generation submodule includes: a parameter determination submodule, used to determine the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio of the selected amplified signal; an external force determination submodule, used to determine that when the peak-to-peak value is greater than the peak-to-peak value threshold or the energy value is greater than the energy threshold, and the time-frequency point energy ratio is greater than the ratio threshold, it is determined that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal and generates a touch status signal.
一个实施例中,还包括:自相关操作模块,配置于触摸状态检测单元,用于根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号之前,对所选择的放大信号进行自相关操作,得到自相关计算结果;操作执行模块,配置于触摸状态检测单元,用于在自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限时,执行根据所选择的放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号的操作。In one embodiment, it also includes: an autocorrelation operation module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, before generating the touch state signal, to perform an autocorrelation operation on the selected amplified signal to obtain an autocorrelation calculation result; an operation execution module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for executing an operation of generating a touch state signal according to the selected amplified signal when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold.
一个实施例中,所述操作执行模块包括:脉冲检测子模块,用于在自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限时,在所选择的放大信号中检测脉冲形式的信号段;频域变换子模块,用于对信号段进行频域变换,得到频域信号段;频域选择子模块,用于在频域信号段中选择预设频段内的子频域信号段;时域变换子模块,用于对子频域信号段进行时域变换,以得到滤除非平稳噪声的放大信号,执行根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,根据传感信号生成第二状态信号的操作。In one embodiment, the operation execution module includes: a pulse detection submodule, which is used to detect a signal segment in the form of a pulse in the selected amplified signal when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold; a frequency domain transformation submodule, which is used to perform frequency domain transformation on the signal segment to obtain a frequency domain signal segment; a frequency domain selection submodule, which is used to select a sub-frequency domain signal segment within a preset frequency band in the frequency domain signal segment; a time domain transformation submodule, which is used to perform time domain transformation on the sub-frequency domain signal segment to obtain an amplified signal with non-stationary noise filtered out, and execute an operation of determining, based on the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, that when the surface of the display screen receives a sensor signal, generating a second state signal based on the sensor signal.
一个实施例中,时域变换模块具体为:确定子频域信号段的能量值大于能量阈值时,对子频域信号段进行时域变换,以得到滤除非平稳噪声的放大信号。In one embodiment, the time domain transformation module specifically performs a time domain transformation on the sub-frequency domain signal segment when it is determined that the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment is greater than an energy threshold, so as to obtain an amplified signal with non-stationary noise filtered out.
一个实施例中,所述装置还包括:第四检测模块,配置于触摸状态检测单元,用于将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大之后,基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面未接收到所述传感信号时,生成非触摸状态信号,将所述非触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;第五检测模块,配置于处理单元,用于根据当前时刻的所述遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号且接收到所述非触摸状态信号时,根据所述遮挡数据信号确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的实时数量值,并根据所述实时数量值确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的第一数量变化值,若所述第一数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,则确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作,所述第二数量阈值大于所述第一数量阈值。In one embodiment, the device also includes: a fourth detection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and when it is determined based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen has not received the sensing signal, generating a non-touch state signal, and reporting the non-touch state signal to the processing unit; a fifth detection module, configured in the processing unit, for generating an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal at the current moment, and when the non-touch state signal is received, determining the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and determining the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value; if the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, it is determined that the display screen has received a touch operation, and the second quantity threshold is greater than the first quantity threshold.
一个实施例中,所述装置还包括:第六检测模块,配置于处理单元,用于根据所述遮挡数据信号确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的实时数量值,并根据实时数量值确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的第一数量变化值之后,若第一数量变化值小于第一数量阈值,则处理单元确定显示屏未接收到触摸操作。 In one embodiment, the device also includes: a sixth detection module, configured in the processing unit, for determining the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and after determining the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value, if the first quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has not received a touch operation.
一个实施例中,所述装置还包括:数量计算模块,配置于处理单元,用于根据遮挡数据信号确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的实时数量值,并根据实时数量值确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的第一数量变化值之后,若第一数量变化值大于第二数量阈值,则继续计算下一时刻的第二数量变化值;第七检测单元,配置于处理单元,用于若第二数量变化值大于或等于所述第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,则确定显示屏接收到触摸操作;第八检测单元,配置于处理单元,用于若第二数量变化值小于第一数量阈值,则确定所述显示屏未接收到触摸操作。In one embodiment, the device also includes: a quantity calculation module, configured in the processing unit, for determining the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and after determining the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value, if the first quantity change value is greater than the second quantity threshold, then continue to calculate the second quantity change value at the next moment; a seventh detection unit, configured in the processing unit, for determining that the display screen has received a touch operation if the second quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold; an eighth detection unit, configured in the processing unit, for determining that the display screen has not received a touch operation if the second quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold.
一个实施例中,所述装置还包括:第二选择模块,配置于触摸状态检测单元,用于对第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,得到多级的放大信号之后之后,在多级放大信号中选择第三数量的放大信号,第三数量为至少两个,第三数量的放大信号为放大级数连续的放大信号;第五检测模块包括:遮挡数量计算子模块,用于根据当前时刻的遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号且接收到非触摸状态信号时,根据遮挡数据信号确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的实时数量值,并根据实时数量值确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的第一数量变化值;信号重选子模块,用于若第一数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,则指示触摸状态检测单元重新选择第二数量的放大信号,并在第二数量的放大信号中选择一级放大信号,根据所选择的放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号,生成触摸状态信号,将触摸状态信号上报至处理单元,重新选择的放大信号的放大级数大于重新选择前的放大信号的放大级数,第二数量阈值大于第一数量阈值:操作确定子模块,用于根据遮挡状态信号和触摸状态信号确定显示屏接收到触摸操作。In one embodiment, the device further includes: a second selection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and after obtaining the multi-stage amplified signals, selecting a third number of amplified signals from the multi-stage amplified signals, the third number is at least two, and the third number of amplified signals are amplified signals with continuous amplification stages; the fifth detection module includes: an occlusion quantity calculation submodule, for generating an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal at the current moment and determining the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal when receiving the non-touch state signal, and determining the first number of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value. a signal reselection submodule, for instructing the touch state detection unit to reselect the second number of amplified signals if the first number change value is greater than or equal to the first number threshold and less than or equal to the second number threshold, and selecting a first-level amplified signal from the second number of amplified signals, determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the selected amplified signal, generating a touch state signal, and reporting the touch state signal to the processing unit, the amplification level of the reselected amplified signal is greater than the amplification level of the amplified signal before the reselection, and the second number threshold is greater than the first number threshold: an operation determination submodule, for determining that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
一个实施例中,第二检测模块302包括:第二多级放大子模块,用于将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大;传感信号检测子模块,用于基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面在当前时刻接收到传感信号且前一时刻未接收到所述传感信号时,确定触摸开始并生成触摸状态信号,将触摸状态信号上报至处理单元;静止子模块,用于进入静止阶段,静止阶段中触摸状态检测单元停止进行传感信号的检测,并停止向处理单元上报检测结果;结束子模块,用于确定静止阶段的持续时长达到第一时长时,结束静止阶段,并继续根据第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将触摸状态信号上报至所述中央处理单元。所述装置还包括第七检测模块,配置于处理单元,用于在所述静止阶段内,根据遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号且未接收到触摸状态检测单元上报的检测结果时,确定显示屏接收到触摸操作。In one embodiment, the second detection module 302 includes: a second multi-stage amplification submodule, which is used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time; a sensor signal detection submodule, which is used to determine that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal at the current moment and does not receive the sensor signal at the previous moment based on the multi-stage amplified signal, determine that the touch starts and generates a touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit; a static submodule, which is used to enter the static stage, in which the touch state detection unit stops detecting the sensor signal and stops reporting the detection result to the processing unit; an end submodule, which is used to determine that the static stage ends when the duration of the static stage reaches a first duration, and continue to perform multi-stage amplification based on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and determine that the surface of the display screen receives the sensor signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, and generate a touch state signal, and report the touch state signal to the central processing unit. The device also includes a seventh detection module, which is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal in the static stage and does not receive the detection result reported by the touch state detection unit, and determine that the display screen receives a touch operation.
一个实施例中,所述装置还包括第八检测模块,配置于处理单元,用于接收到触摸状态 信号且根据遮挡数据信号确定生成非遮挡状态信号时,确定显示屏未接收到触摸操作。In one embodiment, the device further comprises an eighth detection module, configured in the processing unit, for receiving the touch state When the display screen receives the touch operation, it is determined that the touch operation is not received by the display screen.
本申请一个实施例提供的触摸检测装置包含在交互平板中,且可用于执行上述实施例中触摸状态检测单元生成触摸状态信号时的触摸检测方法,具备相应的功能和有益效果。A touch detection device provided in one embodiment of the present application is included in an interactive tablet and can be used to execute the touch detection method when the touch state detection unit in the above embodiment generates a touch state signal, and has corresponding functions and beneficial effects.
图9为本申请一个实施例提供的一种触摸检测装置的结构示意图。该触摸检测装置应用于交互平板,交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在显示屏的表面并由光线接收器接收,触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,第一传感器设置在显示屏背离用户的一面。参考图9,触摸检测装置包括:第九检测模块404、第十检测模块405、第十一检测模块406。FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a touch detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The touch detection device is applied to an interactive tablet, which includes a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit, and a touch state detection unit. The optical detection unit includes a light transmitter and a light receiver. Each light emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver. The touch state detection unit includes at least one first sensor, which includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor. The first sensor is arranged on the side of the display screen away from the user. Referring to FIG9 , the touch detection device includes: a ninth detection module 404, a tenth detection module 405, and an eleventh detection module 406.
第九检测模块404,配置于光学检测单元,用于根据光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将遮挡数据信号上报至处理单元;第十检测模块405,配置于触摸状态检测单元,用于将第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并将多级的放大信号发送至所述处理单元;第十一检测模块406,配置于处理单元,用于根据遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,根据放大信号确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时生成触摸状态信号,根据遮挡状态信号和触摸状态信号确定显示屏接收到触摸操作。The ninth detection module 404 is configured in the optical detection unit, and is used to determine the occlusion data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and report the occlusion data signal to the processing unit; the tenth detection module 405 is configured in the touch state detection unit, and is used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and send the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit; the eleventh detection module 406 is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and generate a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the amplified signal, and determine that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
本申请一个实施例提供的触摸检测装置包含在交互平板中,且可用于执行上述实施例中处理单元生成触摸状态信号时的触摸检测方法,具备相应的功能和有益效果。A touch detection device provided in one embodiment of the present application is included in an interactive tablet and can be used to execute the touch detection method when the processing unit generates a touch status signal in the above embodiment, and has corresponding functions and beneficial effects.
值得注意的是,上述触摸检测装置的实施例中,所包括的各个模块只是按照功能逻辑进行划分的,但并不局限于上述的划分,只要能够实现相应的功能即可;另外,各功能模块的具体名称也只是为了便于相互区分,并不用于限制本申请的保护范围。It is worth noting that in the embodiment of the above-mentioned touch detection device, the modules included are only divided according to functional logic, but are not limited to the above-mentioned division, as long as the corresponding functions can be realized; in addition, the specific names of the functional modules are only for the convenience of distinguishing each other, and are not used to limit the scope of protection of this application.
图10为本申请一个实施例提供的一种交互平板的结构示意图。如图10所示,该交互平板包括显示器40、处理单元41、光学检测单元42和触摸状态检测单元43。其中,光学检测单元42包括光线发射器和光线接收器,,光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在显示屏40的表面并由光线接收器接收,触摸状态检测单元43包括至少一个第一传感器,第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,第一传感器设置在显示屏40背离用户的一面。FIG10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an interactive tablet provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG10 , the interactive tablet includes a display 40, a processing unit 41, an optical detection unit 42, and a touch state detection unit 43. The optical detection unit 42 includes a light emitter and a light receiver, and each light emitted by the light emitter covers the surface of the display screen 40 and is received by the light receiver. The touch state detection unit 43 includes at least one first sensor, and the first sensor includes a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and the first sensor is arranged on the side of the display screen 40 away from the user.
光学检测单元42根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;触摸状态检测单元43将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将所述触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;处理单元41根据所述遮挡数据信 号生成遮挡状态信号,并根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。The optical detection unit 42 determines the shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit; the touch state detection unit 43 performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and determines based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generates a touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit; the processing unit 41 generates a touch state signal according to the shielding data signal The signal generates an occlusion state signal, and determines that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
或者是,光学检测单元42根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;触摸状态检测单元43将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并将多级的放大信号发送至所述处理单元;处理单元41根据所述遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,根据所述放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时生成触摸状态信号,根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。Alternatively, the optical detection unit 42 determines the occlusion data signal based on the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the occlusion data signal to the processing unit; the touch state detection unit 43 amplifies the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time in multiple stages, and sends the multiple-stage amplified signals to the processing unit; the processing unit 41 generates an occlusion state signal based on the occlusion data signal, determines based on the amplified signal that a touch state signal is generated when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, and determines based on the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal that the display screen receives a touch operation.
处理单元41可包括处理器和存储器;处理器的数量可以是一个或多个,处理器可以包括中央处理器,还可以包括具有其他的功能的微处理单元。存储器作为一种计算机可读存储介质,可用于存储软件程序、计算机可执行程序以及模块,如本申请实施例中交互平板执行触摸检测方法时处理单元对应的程序指令/模块。处理器通过运行存储在存储器中的软件程序、指令以及模块,从而执行交互平板的各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序;存储数据区可存储根据终端设备的使用所创建的数据等。此外,存储器可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器。在一些实例中,存储器可进一步包括相对于处理器远程设置的存储器,这些远程存储器可以通过网络连接至及交互平板。上述网络的实例包括但不限于互联网、企业内部网、局域网、移动通信网及其组合。The processing unit 41 may include a processor and a memory; the number of processors may be one or more, and the processor may include a central processing unit, and may also include a microprocessor unit with other functions. The memory, as a computer-readable storage medium, may be used to store software programs, computer executable programs and modules, such as the program instructions/modules corresponding to the processing unit when the interactive tablet executes the touch detection method in the embodiment of the present application. The processor executes various functional applications and data processing of the interactive tablet by running the software programs, instructions and modules stored in the memory. The memory may mainly include a program storage area and a data storage area, wherein the program storage area may store an operating system and an application required for at least one function; the data storage area may store data created according to the use of the terminal device, etc. In addition, the memory may include a high-speed random access memory and may also include a non-volatile memory. In some instances, the memory may further include a memory remotely arranged relative to the processor, and these remote memories may be connected to the interactive tablet via a network. Examples of the above-mentioned network include, but are not limited to, the Internet, an intranet, a local area network, a mobile communication network and a combination thereof.
交互平板还可包括输入装置,输入装置可用于接收输入的数字或字符信号,以及产生与交互平板的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入,输入装置还可以是麦克风等音频采集装置。交互平板还可包括输出装置,输出装置可包括音箱等音频播放装置。显示屏根据处理器的指示进行显示。交互平板还可包括通信装置,以实现通信功能。The interactive tablet may also include an input device, which may be used to receive input digital or character signals and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the interactive tablet. The input device may also be an audio acquisition device such as a microphone. The interactive tablet may also include an output device, which may include an audio playback device such as a speaker. The display screen displays according to the instructions of the processor. The interactive tablet may also include a communication device to realize the communication function.
需要说明,图10仅示出了各单元间的数据传输关系,并未示出各单元的相对位置关系It should be noted that FIG. 10 only shows the data transmission relationship between the units, and does not show the relative position relationship between the units.
上述交互平板包含触摸检测装置,可以用于执行前述触摸检测方法,具备相应的功能和有益效果。The above-mentioned interactive tablet includes a touch detection device, which can be used to execute the above-mentioned touch detection method and has corresponding functions and beneficial effects.
本申请一个实施例还提供一种包含计算机可执行指令的存储介质,所述计算机可执行指令在由计算机处理器执行时用于执行本申请任意实施例中提供的触摸检测方法中的相关操作,且具备相应的功能和有益效果。One embodiment of the present application further provides a storage medium containing computer executable instructions, which, when executed by a computer processor, are used to perform relevant operations in the touch detection method provided in any embodiment of the present application and have corresponding functions and beneficial effects.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产 品。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer programs. Taste.
因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。Therefore, the application can adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination with software and hardware. Moreover, the application can adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes. The application is described with reference to the flowchart and/or block diagram of the method, device (system) and computer program product according to the embodiment of the application. It should be understood that each flow and/or box in the flow chart and/or block diagram and the combination of the flow chart and/or box in the flow chart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device produce a device for realizing the function specified in one flow chart or multiple flows and/or one box or multiple boxes of a block diagram. These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce a manufactured product including an instruction device that implements the functions specified in one or more processes of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram. These computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device so that a series of operating steps are performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process, so that the instructions executed on the computer or other programmable device provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more processes of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.
在一个典型的配置中,计算设备包括一个或多个处理器(CPU)、输入/输出接口、网络接口和内存。存储器可能包括计算机可读介质中的非永久性存储器,随机存取存储器(RAM)和/或非易失性内存等形式,如只读存储器(ROM)或闪存(flash RAM)。存储器是计算机可读介质的示例。In a typical configuration, a computing device includes one or more processors (CPU), input/output interfaces, network interfaces, and memory. The memory may include non-permanent storage in a computer-readable medium, random access memory (RAM) and/or non-volatile memory in the form of read-only memory (ROM) or flash memory (flash RAM). Memory is an example of a computer-readable medium.
计算机可读介质包括永久性和非永久性、可移动和非可移动媒体可以由任何方法或技术来实现信号存储。信号可以是计算机可读指令、数据结构、程序的模块或其他数据。计算机的存储介质的例子包括,但不限于相变内存(PRAM)、静态随机存取存储器(SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、其他类型的随机存取存储器(RAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM)、快闪记忆体或其他内存技术、只读光盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)、数字多功能光盘(DVD)或其他光学存储、磁盒式磁带,磁带磁磁盘存储或其他磁性存储设备或任何其他非传输介质,可用于存储可以被计算设备访问的信号。按照本文中的界定,计算机可读介质不包括暂存电脑可读媒体(transitory media),如调制的数据信号和载波。 Computer readable media include permanent and non-permanent, removable and non-removable media that can be implemented by any method or technology to store signals. Signals can be computer readable instructions, data structures, modules of programs or other data. Examples of computer storage media include, but are not limited to, phase change memory (PRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), other types of random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), flash memory or other memory technology, compact disk read-only memory (CD-ROM), digital versatile disk (DVD) or other optical storage, magnetic cassettes, magnetic tape magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices or any other non-transmission media that can be used to store signals that can be accessed by a computing device. As defined herein, computer readable media does not include temporary computer readable media (transitory media), such as modulated data signals and carrier waves.
还需要说明的是,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、商品或者设备不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、商品或者设备所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括要素的过程、方法、商品或者设备中还存在另外的相同要素。It should also be noted that the terms "include", "comprises" or any other variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, so that a process, method, commodity or device including a series of elements includes not only those elements, but also other elements not explicitly listed, or also includes elements inherent to such process, method, commodity or device. In the absence of more restrictions, the elements defined by the sentence "comprises a ..." do not exclude the existence of other identical elements in the process, method, commodity or device including the elements.
注意,上述仅为本申请的较佳实施例及所运用技术原理。本领域技术人员会理解,本申请不限于这里所述的特定实施例,对本领域技术人员来说能够进行各种明显的变化、重新调整和替代而不会脱离本申请的保护范围。因此,虽然通过以上实施例对本申请进行了较为详细的说明,但是本申请不仅仅限于以上实施例,在不脱离本申请构思的情况下,还可以包括更多其他等效实施例,而本申请的范围由所附的权利要求范围决定。 Note that the above are only preferred embodiments of the present application and the technical principles used. Those skilled in the art will understand that the present application is not limited to the specific embodiments described herein, and that various obvious changes, readjustments and substitutions can be made by those skilled in the art without departing from the scope of protection of the present application. Therefore, although the present application is described in more detail through the above embodiments, the present application is not limited to the above embodiments, and may include more other equivalent embodiments without departing from the concept of the present application, and the scope of the present application is determined by the scope of the appended claims.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种触摸检测方法,应用于交互平板,其特征在于,所述交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;A touch detection method, applied to an interactive tablet, characterized in that the interactive tablet comprises a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit and a touch state detection unit, the optical detection unit comprises a light transmitter and a light receiver, each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and the first sensor is arranged on a side of the display screen away from the user;
    所述触摸检测方法包括:The touch detection method comprises:
    所述光学检测单元根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;The optical detection unit determines a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
    所述触摸状态检测单元将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将所述触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;The touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and determines based on the multi-stage amplified signal that when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generates a touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit;
    所述处理单元根据所述遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,并根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。The processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determines whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,包括:The touch detection method according to claim 1 is characterized in that the touch state detection unit amplifies the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time in multiple stages, and generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-stage amplified signal, comprising:
    所述触摸状态检测单元对所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,得到多级的放大信号;The touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time to obtain multi-stage amplified signals;
    所述触摸状态检测单元在多级所述放大信号中选择一级放大信号;The touch state detection unit selects a first-level amplified signal from the multiple-level amplified signals;
    所述触摸状态检测单元根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号。The touch state detection unit generates a touch state signal when determining, based on the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, that the surface of the display screen receives a sensing signal.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元在多级所述放大信号中选择一级放大信号,包括:The touch detection method according to claim 2, characterized in that the touch state detection unit selects a first-level amplified signal from the multiple-level amplified signals, comprising:
    所述触摸状态检测单元确定每级所述放大信号的溢出率;The touch state detection unit determines an overflow rate of the amplified signal at each level;
    所述触摸状态检测单元根据各级所述放大信号的溢出率,选择小于溢出率门限的一级放大信号。The touch state detection unit selects a first-level amplified signal that is less than an overflow rate threshold according to the overflow rates of the amplified signals at each level.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元确定每级所述放大信号的溢出率,包括:The touch detection method according to claim 3, characterized in that the touch state detection unit determines the overflow rate of the amplified signal at each level, comprising:
    所述触摸状态检测单元分别对每级所述放大信号进行模数转换,得到每级所述放大信号对应的数字化放大信号; The touch state detection unit performs analog-to-digital conversion on each stage of the amplified signal to obtain a digitized amplified signal corresponding to each stage of the amplified signal;
    所述触摸状态检测单元统计每级所述数字化放大信号中信号值达到量化阈值的信号点数量;The touch state detection unit counts the number of signal points in each stage of the digital amplified signal whose signal value reaches a quantization threshold;
    所述触摸状态检测单元根据每级所述数字化放大信号中信号值达到量化阈值的信号点数量和每级所述数字化放大信号的信号点总数量,确定每级所述数字化放大信号的溢出率。The touch state detection unit determines the overflow rate of the digital amplified signal at each stage according to the number of signal points whose signal values reach the quantization threshold in the digital amplified signal at each stage and the total number of signal points of the digital amplified signal at each stage.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元根据各级所述放大信号的溢出率,选择小于溢出率门限的一级放大信号,包括:The touch detection method according to claim 3 is characterized in that the touch state detection unit selects a first-level amplified signal that is less than an overflow rate threshold according to the overflow rate of the amplified signals at each level, comprising:
    所述触摸状态检测单元在各所述溢出率中确定小于且最接近溢出率门限的溢出率,将所确定的溢出率对应的数字化放大信号作为当前选择的一级放大信号,所述数字化放大信号为对应放大信号模数转换后得到的信号。The touch state detection unit determines the overflow rate that is less than and closest to the overflow rate threshold among the overflow rates, and uses the digitized amplified signal corresponding to the determined overflow rate as the currently selected first-level amplified signal, wherein the digitized amplified signal is a signal obtained after analog-to-digital conversion of the corresponding amplified signal.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元对所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,得到多级的放大信号之后,包括:The touch detection method according to claim 3 is characterized in that the touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time to obtain the multi-stage amplified signal, and then comprises:
    所述触摸状态检测单元在多级所述放大信号中选择第一数量的放大信号,所述第一数量为至少两个,所述第一数量的放大信号为放大级数连续的放大信号;The touch state detection unit selects a first number of amplified signals from the multiple-stage amplified signals, the first number is at least two, and the first number of amplified signals are amplified signals with continuous amplification stages;
    所述触摸状态检测单元确定每级所述放大信号的溢出率之后,包括:After the touch state detection unit determines the overflow rate of the amplified signal at each level, the method includes:
    所述触摸状态检测单元确定所述第一数量的放大信号中,超出溢出率范围的溢出率数量超过第二数量时,重新选择第一数量的放大信号,且重新选择的放大信号中超出溢出率范围的溢出率数量未超过第二数量。When the touch state detection unit determines that the number of overflow rates exceeding the overflow rate range among the first number of amplified signals exceeds a second number, the first number of amplified signals is reselected, and the number of overflow rates exceeding the overflow rate range among the reselected amplified signals does not exceed the second number.
  7. 根据权利要求2所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述信号特征参数包括峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比,The touch detection method according to claim 2, characterized in that the signal characteristic parameters include peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency point energy ratio,
    所述触摸状态检测单元根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,根据所述传感信号生成第二状态信号,包括:The touch state detection unit determines that when the surface of the display screen receives a sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameter of the selected amplified signal, generating a second state signal according to the sensing signal, including:
    所述触摸状态检测单元确定所选择放大信号的峰峰值、能量值和时频点能量占比;The touch state detection unit determines the peak-to-peak value, energy value and time-frequency energy ratio of the selected amplified signal;
    所述触摸状态检测单元确定所述峰峰值大于峰峰值门限或所述能量值大于能量门限,且所述时频点能量占比大于占比门限时,确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号,并生成触摸状态信号。When the touch state detection unit determines that the peak-to-peak value is greater than the peak-to-peak value threshold or the energy value is greater than the energy threshold, and the energy proportion of the time-frequency point is greater than the proportion threshold, it determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal and generates a touch state signal.
  8. 根据权利要求2所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号之前,包括:The touch detection method according to claim 2 is characterized in that the touch state detection unit determines that when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, before generating the touch state signal, it includes:
    所述触摸状态检测单元对所选择的放大信号进行自相关操作,得到自相关计算结果;The touch state detection unit performs an autocorrelation operation on the selected amplified signal to obtain an autocorrelation calculation result;
    所述触摸状态检测单元在所述自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限时,执行根据所 选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号的操作。When the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold, the touch state detection unit performs the The signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal determine the operation of generating a touch state signal when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元在所述自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限时,执行根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成第二状态信号的操作,包括:The touch detection method according to claim 8 is characterized in that when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold, the touch state detection unit performs an operation of generating a second state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal according to the signal characteristic parameter of the selected amplified signal, including:
    所述触摸状态检测单元在所述自相关计算结果的最大值大于自相关门限时,在所选择的放大信号中检测脉冲形式的信号段;The touch state detection unit detects a signal segment in the form of a pulse in the selected amplified signal when the maximum value of the autocorrelation calculation result is greater than the autocorrelation threshold;
    所述触摸状态检测单元对所述信号段进行频域变换,得到频域信号段;The touch state detection unit performs frequency domain transformation on the signal segment to obtain a frequency domain signal segment;
    所述触摸状态检测单元在所述频域信号段中选择预设频段内的子频域信号段;The touch state detection unit selects a sub-frequency domain signal segment within a preset frequency band from the frequency domain signal segment;
    所述触摸状态检测单元对所述子频域信号段进行时域变换,以得到滤除非平稳噪声的放大信号,执行根据所选择的放大信号的信号特征参数确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成第二状态信号的操作。The touch state detection unit performs a time domain transformation on the sub-frequency domain signal segment to obtain an amplified signal that filters out non-stationary noise, and executes an operation of generating a second state signal when determining, based on the signal characteristic parameters of the selected amplified signal, that the surface of the display screen receives a sensing signal.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元对所述子频域信号段进行时域变换,以得到滤除非平稳噪声的放大信号,包括:The touch detection method according to claim 9, characterized in that the touch state detection unit performs a time domain transformation on the sub-frequency domain signal segment to obtain an amplified signal from which non-stationary noise is filtered, comprising:
    所述触摸状态检测单元确定所述子频域信号段的能量值大于能量阈值时,对所述子频域信号段进行时域变换,以得到滤除非平稳噪声的放大信号。When the touch state detection unit determines that the energy value of the sub-frequency domain signal segment is greater than the energy threshold, the sub-frequency domain signal segment is transformed in the time domain to obtain an amplified signal with non-stationary noise filtered out.
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大之后,还包括:The touch detection method according to claim 1, characterized in that after the touch state detection unit amplifies the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time by multiple stages, it also includes:
    所述触摸状态检测单元基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面未接收到所述传感信号时,生成非触摸状态信号,将所述非触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;When the touch state detection unit determines based on the multi-level amplified signal that the surface of the display screen has not received the sensing signal, it generates a non-touch state signal and reports the non-touch state signal to the processing unit;
    所述触摸检测方法还包括:The touch detection method further includes:
    所述处理单元根据当前时刻的所述遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号且接收到所述非触摸状态信号时,根据所述遮挡数据信号确定被遮挡光线在当前时刻的实时数量值,并根据所述实时数量值确定被遮挡光线在当前时刻的第一数量变化值,若所述第一数量变化值大于或等于第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,则确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作,所述第二数量阈值大于所述第一数量阈值。When the processing unit generates an occlusion status signal according to the occlusion data signal at the current moment and receives the non-touch status signal, it determines the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the occlusion data signal, and determines the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value; if the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, it is determined that the display screen has received a touch operation, and the second quantity threshold is greater than the first quantity threshold.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述处理单元根据所述遮挡数据信号确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的实时数量值,并根据所述实时数量值确定被遮挡光线在当前时刻的第一数量变化值之后,还包括:The touch detection method according to claim 11 is characterized in that after the processing unit determines the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the blocking data signal and determines the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value, it further comprises:
    若所述第一数量变化值小于所述第一数量阈值,则所述处理单元确定所述显示屏未接收 到触摸操作。If the first quantity change value is less than the first quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen has not received to touch operation.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述处理单元根据所述遮挡数据信号确定被遮挡光线当前时刻的实时数量值,并根据所述实时数量值确定被遮挡光线在当前时刻的第一数量变化值之后,还包括:The touch detection method according to claim 11 is characterized in that after the processing unit determines the real-time quantity value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the blocking data signal and determines the first quantity change value of the blocked light at the current moment according to the real-time quantity value, it further comprises:
    若所述第一数量变化值大于所述第二数量阈值,则所述处理单元继续计算被遮挡光线在下一时刻的第二数量变化值;If the first quantity change value is greater than the second quantity threshold, the processing unit continues to calculate the second quantity change value of the blocked light at the next moment;
    若所述第二数量变化值大于或等于所述第一数量阈值且小于或等于所述第二数量阈值,则所述处理单元确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作;If the second quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen receives a touch operation;
    若所述第二数量变化值小于所述第一数量阈值,则所述处理单元确定所述显示屏未接收到触摸操作。If the second quantity change value is smaller than the first quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen does not receive a touch operation.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大之后,还包括:The touch detection method according to claim 11, characterized in that after the touch state detection unit amplifies the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time by multiple stages, it also includes:
    所述触摸状态检测单元在多级的放大信号中选择第三数量的放大信号,所述第三数量为至少两个,所述第三数量的放大信号为放大级数连续的放大信号;The touch state detection unit selects a third number of amplified signals from the multi-level amplified signals, the third number is at least two, and the third number of amplified signals are amplified signals with continuous amplification levels;
    若所述第一数量变化值大于或等于所述第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,则所述处理单元确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作,包括:If the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, the processing unit determines that the display screen receives a touch operation, including:
    若所述第一数量变化值大于或等于所述第一数量阈值且小于或等于第二数量阈值,则所述处理单元指示所述触摸状态检测单元重新选择第三数量的放大信号并在所述第三数量的放大信号中选择一级放大信号,根据所选择的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号,生成触摸状态信号,将所述触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元,重新选择的放大信号的放大级数大于重新选择前的放大信号的放大级数;If the first quantity change value is greater than or equal to the first quantity threshold and less than or equal to the second quantity threshold, the processing unit instructs the touch state detection unit to reselect a third number of amplified signals and select a first-level amplified signal from the third number of amplified signals, determines that the surface of the display screen receives a sensing signal according to the selected amplified signal, generates a touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit, wherein the amplification level of the reselected amplified signal is greater than the amplification level of the amplified signal before the reselection;
    所述处理单元根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。The processing unit determines that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the blocking state signal and the touch state signal.
  15. 根据权利要求1所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸状态检测单元基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将所述触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元包括:The touch detection method according to claim 1 is characterized in that when the touch state detection unit determines that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal based on the multi-level amplified signal, a touch state signal is generated, and reporting the touch state signal to the processing unit comprises:
    所述触摸状态检测单元基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面在当前时刻接收到传感信号且前一时刻未接收到所述传感信号时,确定触摸开始并生成触摸状态信号,将所述触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;The touch state detection unit determines, based on the multi-level amplified signal, that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal at the current moment and does not receive the sensing signal at the previous moment, determines that the touch starts and generates a touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit;
    所述触摸状态检测单元进入静止阶段,所述静止阶段中所述触摸状态检测单元停止进行 传感信号的检测,并停止向所述处理单元上报检测结果;The touch state detection unit enters a static phase, during which the touch state detection unit stops performing Detection of the sensor signal and stopping reporting the detection result to the processing unit;
    所述触摸状态检测单元确定所述静止阶段的持续时长达到第一时长时,结束所述静止阶段,并继续根据所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将所述触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;When the touch state detection unit determines that the duration of the static phase reaches a first duration, the static phase ends, and continues to perform multi-stage amplification according to the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor, and determines based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generates a touch state signal, and reports the touch state signal to the processing unit;
    所述触摸检测方法还包括:The touch detection method further includes:
    在所述静止阶段内,所述处理单元根据所述遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号且未接收到所述触摸状态检测单元上报的检测结果时,确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。In the static stage, when the processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal and does not receive a detection result reported by the touch state detection unit, it determines that the display screen receives a touch operation.
  16. 根据权利要求1或11所述的触摸检测方法,其特征在于,所述触摸检测方法还包括:The touch detection method according to claim 1 or 11, characterized in that the touch detection method further comprises:
    所述处理单元接收到所述触摸状态信号且根据所述遮挡数据信号生成非遮挡状态信号时,确定所述显示屏未接收到触摸操作。When the processing unit receives the touch state signal and generates a non-blocking state signal according to the blocking data signal, it is determined that the display screen has not received a touch operation.
  17. 一种触摸检测方法,应用于交互平板,其特征在于,所述交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述戳状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;A touch detection method is applied to an interactive tablet, characterized in that the interactive tablet comprises a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit and a touch state detection unit, the optical detection unit comprises a light transmitter and a light receiver, each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and the first sensor is arranged on a side of the display screen away from the user;
    所述触摸检测方法包括:The touch detection method comprises:
    所述光学检测单元根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;The optical detection unit determines a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reports the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
    所述触摸状态检测单元将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并将多级的放大信号发送至所述处理单元;The touch state detection unit performs multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and sends the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
    所述处理单元根据所述遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,根据所述放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时生成触摸状态信号,根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。The processing unit generates an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, generates a touch state signal when determining that the surface of the display screen receives a sensing signal according to the amplified signal, and determines that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  18. 一种触摸检测装置,应用于交互平板,其特征在于,所述交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面; A touch detection device, applied to an interactive tablet, characterized in that the interactive tablet comprises a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit and a touch state detection unit, the optical detection unit comprises a light transmitter and a light receiver, each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and the first sensor is arranged on a side of the display screen away from a user;
    所述触摸检测装置包括:The touch detection device comprises:
    第一检测模块,配置于所述光学检测单元,用于根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;A first detection module, configured in the optical detection unit, for determining a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reporting the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
    第二检测模块,配置于所述触摸状态检测单元,用于将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将所述触摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;a second detection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and determining based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generating a touch state signal, and reporting the touch state signal to the processing unit;
    第三检测模块,配置于所述处理单元,用于根据所述遮挡数据信号生成所述遮挡状态信号,并根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。A third detection module is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate the blocking state signal according to the blocking data signal, and determine whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the blocking state signal and the touch state signal.
  19. 一种触摸检测装置,应用于交互平板,其特征在于,所述交互平板包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;A touch detection device, applied to an interactive tablet, characterized in that the interactive tablet comprises a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit and a touch state detection unit, the optical detection unit comprises a light transmitter and a light receiver, each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and the first sensor is arranged on a side of the display screen away from a user;
    所述触摸检测装置包括:The touch detection device comprises:
    第九检测模块,配置于所述光学检测单元,用于根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;a ninth detection module, configured in the optical detection unit, for determining a shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and reporting the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
    第十检测模块,配置于所述触摸状态检测单元,用于将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并将多级的放大信号发送至所述处理单元;a tenth detection module, configured in the touch state detection unit, for performing multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected in real time by the first sensor, and sending the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
    第十一检测模块,配置于所述处理单元,用于根据所述遮挡数据信号生成所述遮挡状态信号,根据所述放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时生成触摸状态信号,根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。An eleventh detection module is configured in the processing unit, and is used to generate the occlusion status signal according to the occlusion data signal, determine according to the amplified signal that a touch status signal is generated when the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, and determine that the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion status signal and the touch status signal.
  20. 一种交互平板,其特征在于,包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;An interactive tablet, characterized in that it comprises a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit comprises a light transmitter and a light receiver, each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and the first sensor is arranged on a side of the display screen away from a user;
    所述光学检测单元用于根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;The optical detection unit is used to determine the shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and report the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
    所述触摸状态检测单元用于将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并基于多级的放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时,生成触摸状态信号,将所述触 摸状态信号上报至所述处理单元;The touch state detection unit is used to amplify the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time in multiple stages, and determine based on the multi-stage amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal, generate a touch state signal, and Reporting the touch status signal to the processing unit;
    所述处理单元用于根据所述遮挡数据信号生成遮挡状态信号,并根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。The processing unit is used to generate an occlusion state signal according to the occlusion data signal, and determine whether the display screen receives a touch operation according to the occlusion state signal and the touch state signal.
  21. 一种交互平板,其特征在于,包括显示屏、处理单元、光学检测单元和触摸状态检测单元,所述光学检测单元包括光线发射器和光线接收器,所述光线发射器发射的各条光线覆盖在所述显示屏的表面并由所述光线接收器接收,所述触摸状态检测单元包括至少一个第一传感器,所述第一传感器包括力学传感器或振动传感器,所述第一传感器设置在所述显示屏背离用户的一面;An interactive tablet, characterized in that it comprises a display screen, a processing unit, an optical detection unit and a touch state detection unit, wherein the optical detection unit comprises a light transmitter and a light receiver, each light beam emitted by the light transmitter covers the surface of the display screen and is received by the light receiver, and the touch state detection unit comprises at least one first sensor, wherein the first sensor comprises a mechanical sensor or a vibration sensor, and the first sensor is arranged on a side of the display screen away from a user;
    所述光学检测单元用于根据所述光线接收器接收的光线信号确定遮挡数据信号并将所述遮挡数据信号上报至所述处理单元;The optical detection unit is used to determine the shielding data signal according to the light signal received by the light receiver and report the shielding data signal to the processing unit;
    所述触摸状态检测单元用于将所述第一传感器实时采集的原始信号进行多级放大,并将多级的放大信号发送至所述处理单元;The touch state detection unit is used to perform multi-stage amplification on the original signal collected by the first sensor in real time, and send the multi-stage amplified signal to the processing unit;
    所述处理单元用于根据所述遮挡数据信号生成所述遮挡状态信号,根据所述放大信号确定所述显示屏的表面接收到传感信号时生成触摸状态信号,根据所述遮挡状态信号和所述触摸状态信号确定所述显示屏接收到触摸操作。The processing unit is used to generate the occlusion status signal according to the occlusion data signal, determine according to the amplified signal that the surface of the display screen receives the sensing signal and generate a touch status signal, and determine according to the occlusion status signal and the touch status signal that the display screen receives a touch operation.
  22. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,该程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-16中任一所述的触摸检测方法或如权利要求17所述的触摸检测方法。 A computer-readable storage medium having a computer program stored thereon, characterized in that when the program is executed by a processor, the touch detection method as described in any one of claims 1 to 16 or the touch detection method as described in claim 17 is implemented.
PCT/CN2023/119734 2022-10-12 2023-09-19 Touch detection method and apparatus, interactive tablet and storage medium WO2024078276A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211249600.2 2022-10-12
CN202211249600.2A CN117873338A (en) 2022-10-12 2022-10-12 Touch detection method and device, interaction panel and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024078276A1 true WO2024078276A1 (en) 2024-04-18

Family

ID=90590617

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/119734 WO2024078276A1 (en) 2022-10-12 2023-09-19 Touch detection method and apparatus, interactive tablet and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117873338A (en)
WO (1) WO2024078276A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6504530B1 (en) * 1999-09-07 2003-01-07 Elo Touchsystems, Inc. Touch confirming touchscreen utilizing plural touch sensors
US20120223900A1 (en) * 2011-03-01 2012-09-06 Alps Electric Co., Ltd. Display device
US20130307828A1 (en) * 2012-05-21 2013-11-21 International Business Machines Corporation Display devices and methods for detecting user-intended touch input
US20150309639A1 (en) * 2012-09-10 2015-10-29 Elbit Systems Ltd. Validating a physical touch event in optical touch screens
CN106052844A (en) * 2016-05-19 2016-10-26 杭州电子科技大学 Vibration signal conditioning circuit based on external interruption
CN112254846A (en) * 2020-08-28 2021-01-22 上海艾为电子技术股份有限公司 Pressure detection device, pressure detection method thereof and electronic equipment

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6504530B1 (en) * 1999-09-07 2003-01-07 Elo Touchsystems, Inc. Touch confirming touchscreen utilizing plural touch sensors
US20120223900A1 (en) * 2011-03-01 2012-09-06 Alps Electric Co., Ltd. Display device
US20130307828A1 (en) * 2012-05-21 2013-11-21 International Business Machines Corporation Display devices and methods for detecting user-intended touch input
US20150309639A1 (en) * 2012-09-10 2015-10-29 Elbit Systems Ltd. Validating a physical touch event in optical touch screens
CN106052844A (en) * 2016-05-19 2016-10-26 杭州电子科技大学 Vibration signal conditioning circuit based on external interruption
CN112254846A (en) * 2020-08-28 2021-01-22 上海艾为电子技术股份有限公司 Pressure detection device, pressure detection method thereof and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117873338A (en) 2024-04-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9042571B2 (en) Method and system for touch gesture detection in response to microphone output
US10522164B2 (en) Method and device for improving audio processing performance
US9116571B2 (en) Method and system of data input for an electronic device equipped with a touch screen
CN1684189B (en) Method of and apparatus for reducing noise
US8941625B2 (en) Control using movements
KR101962445B1 (en) Mobile terminal having touch screen and method for providing user interface
CN105376397A (en) Low-power environment monitoring and activation triggering for mobile devices through ultrasound echo analysis
US10073566B1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining a valid sequence of touch events on a touch sensitive device
WO2015109562A1 (en) Interference suppression method and apparatus for touch screen and terminal device
CN109994111B (en) Interaction method, interaction device and mobile terminal
JPH08501164A (en) Controller for acoustic wave touch panel
CN110519450B (en) Ultrasonic processing method, ultrasonic processing device, electronic device, and computer-readable medium
CN106503657A (en) A kind of fingerprint collecting method and terminal
CN110111812A (en) A kind of self-adaptive identification method and system of keyboard key stroke content
WO2024078276A1 (en) Touch detection method and apparatus, interactive tablet and storage medium
WO2021172949A1 (en) Method and apparatus of radar-based activity detection
WO2021213263A1 (en) Call window control method and apparatus, mobile terminal, and readable storage medium
CN113709617A (en) Wireless earphone control method and device, wireless earphone and storage medium
CN113608661A (en) Man-machine interaction method, interaction panel and storage medium thereof
KR20110065095A (en) Method and apparatus for controlling a device
KR102133272B1 (en) Mobile terminal having touch screen and method for providing user interface
WO2023092637A1 (en) Head-mounted display device and gesture recognition method and apparatus therefor, and storage medium
US9351089B1 (en) Audio tap detection
CN112987925B (en) Earphone and control method and device thereof
US20200292656A1 (en) Proximity sensing